blob: 1d713596ec6f006752897a38829a1efd71cb6f09 [file] [log] [blame]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001#
Wolfgang Denkeca3aeb2013-06-21 10:22:36 +02002# (C) Copyright 2000 - 2013
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, wd@denx.de.
4#
Wolfgang Denkeca3aeb2013-06-21 10:22:36 +02005# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006#
7
8Summary:
9========
10
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000011This directory contains the source code for U-Boot, a boot loader for
wdenke86e5a02004-10-17 21:12:06 +000012Embedded boards based on PowerPC, ARM, MIPS and several other
13processors, which can be installed in a boot ROM and used to
14initialize and test the hardware or to download and run application
15code.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000016
17The development of U-Boot is closely related to Linux: some parts of
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000018the source code originate in the Linux source tree, we have some
19header files in common, and special provision has been made to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000020support booting of Linux images.
21
22Some attention has been paid to make this software easily
23configurable and extendable. For instance, all monitor commands are
24implemented with the same call interface, so that it's very easy to
25add new commands. Also, instead of permanently adding rarely used
26code (for instance hardware test utilities) to the monitor, you can
27load and run it dynamically.
28
29
30Status:
31=======
32
33In general, all boards for which a configuration option exists in the
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000034Makefile have been tested to some extent and can be considered
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000035"working". In fact, many of them are used in production systems.
36
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000037In case of problems see the CHANGELOG and CREDITS files to find out
Albert ARIBAUD27af9302013-09-11 15:52:51 +020038who contributed the specific port. The boards.cfg file lists board
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010039maintainers.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000040
Robert P. J. Dayadb9d852012-11-14 02:03:20 +000041Note: There is no CHANGELOG file in the actual U-Boot source tree;
42it can be created dynamically from the Git log using:
43
44 make CHANGELOG
45
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000046
47Where to get help:
48==================
49
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000050In case you have questions about, problems with or contributions for
51U-Boot you should send a message to the U-Boot mailing list at
Peter Tyser0c325652008-09-10 09:18:34 -050052<u-boot@lists.denx.de>. There is also an archive of previous traffic
53on the mailing list - please search the archive before asking FAQ's.
54Please see http://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot and
55http://dir.gmane.org/gmane.comp.boot-loaders.u-boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000056
57
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010058Where to get source code:
59=========================
60
61The U-Boot source code is maintained in the git repository at
62git://www.denx.de/git/u-boot.git ; you can browse it online at
63http://www.denx.de/cgi-bin/gitweb.cgi?p=u-boot.git;a=summary
64
65The "snapshot" links on this page allow you to download tarballs of
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +020066any version you might be interested in. Official releases are also
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010067available for FTP download from the ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/
68directory.
69
Anatolij Gustschind4ee7112008-03-26 18:13:33 +010070Pre-built (and tested) images are available from
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010071ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/images/
72
73
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000074Where we come from:
75===================
76
77- start from 8xxrom sources
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000078- create PPCBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/ppcboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000079- clean up code
80- make it easier to add custom boards
81- make it possible to add other [PowerPC] CPUs
82- extend functions, especially:
83 * Provide extended interface to Linux boot loader
84 * S-Record download
85 * network boot
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +020086 * PCMCIA / CompactFlash / ATA disk / SCSI ... boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000087- create ARMBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/armboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000088- add other CPU families (starting with ARM)
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000089- create U-Boot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/u-boot)
Magnus Lilja0d28f342008-08-06 19:32:33 +020090- current project page: see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000091
92
93Names and Spelling:
94===================
95
96The "official" name of this project is "Das U-Boot". The spelling
97"U-Boot" shall be used in all written text (documentation, comments
98in source files etc.). Example:
99
100 This is the README file for the U-Boot project.
101
102File names etc. shall be based on the string "u-boot". Examples:
103
104 include/asm-ppc/u-boot.h
105
106 #include <asm/u-boot.h>
107
108Variable names, preprocessor constants etc. shall be either based on
109the string "u_boot" or on "U_BOOT". Example:
110
111 U_BOOT_VERSION u_boot_logo
112 IH_OS_U_BOOT u_boot_hush_start
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000113
114
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000115Versioning:
116===========
117
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200118Starting with the release in October 2008, the names of the releases
119were changed from numerical release numbers without deeper meaning
120into a time stamp based numbering. Regular releases are identified by
121names consisting of the calendar year and month of the release date.
122Additional fields (if present) indicate release candidates or bug fix
123releases in "stable" maintenance trees.
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000124
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200125Examples:
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +0000126 U-Boot v2009.11 - Release November 2009
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200127 U-Boot v2009.11.1 - Release 1 in version November 2009 stable tree
128 U-Boot v2010.09-rc1 - Release candiate 1 for September 2010 release
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000129
130
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000131Directory Hierarchy:
132====================
133
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500134/arch Architecture specific files
Masahiro Yamada6eae68e2014-03-07 18:02:02 +0900135 /arc Files generic to ARC architecture
136 /cpu CPU specific files
137 /arc700 Files specific to ARC 700 CPUs
138 /lib Architecture specific library files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500139 /arm Files generic to ARM architecture
140 /cpu CPU specific files
141 /arm720t Files specific to ARM 720 CPUs
142 /arm920t Files specific to ARM 920 CPUs
Andreas Bießmann6eb09212011-07-18 09:41:08 +0000143 /at91 Files specific to Atmel AT91RM9200 CPU
Wolfgang Denka9046b92010-06-13 17:48:15 +0200144 /imx Files specific to Freescale MC9328 i.MX CPUs
145 /s3c24x0 Files specific to Samsung S3C24X0 CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500146 /arm926ejs Files specific to ARM 926 CPUs
147 /arm1136 Files specific to ARM 1136 CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500148 /pxa Files specific to Intel XScale PXA CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500149 /sa1100 Files specific to Intel StrongARM SA1100 CPUs
150 /lib Architecture specific library files
151 /avr32 Files generic to AVR32 architecture
152 /cpu CPU specific files
153 /lib Architecture specific library files
154 /blackfin Files generic to Analog Devices Blackfin architecture
155 /cpu CPU specific files
156 /lib Architecture specific library files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500157 /m68k Files generic to m68k architecture
158 /cpu CPU specific files
159 /mcf52x2 Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF52x2 CPUs
160 /mcf5227x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5227x CPUs
161 /mcf532x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5329 CPUs
162 /mcf5445x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5445x CPUs
163 /mcf547x_8x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF547x_8x CPUs
164 /lib Architecture specific library files
165 /microblaze Files generic to microblaze architecture
166 /cpu CPU specific files
167 /lib Architecture specific library files
168 /mips Files generic to MIPS architecture
169 /cpu CPU specific files
Daniel Schwierzeck92bbd642011-07-27 13:22:39 +0200170 /mips32 Files specific to MIPS32 CPUs
Masahiro Yamada6eae68e2014-03-07 18:02:02 +0900171 /mips64 Files specific to MIPS64 CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500172 /lib Architecture specific library files
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +0000173 /nds32 Files generic to NDS32 architecture
174 /cpu CPU specific files
175 /n1213 Files specific to Andes Technology N1213 CPUs
176 /lib Architecture specific library files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500177 /nios2 Files generic to Altera NIOS2 architecture
178 /cpu CPU specific files
179 /lib Architecture specific library files
Robert P. J. Day33c77312013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400180 /openrisc Files generic to OpenRISC architecture
181 /cpu CPU specific files
182 /lib Architecture specific library files
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +0200183 /powerpc Files generic to PowerPC architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500184 /cpu CPU specific files
185 /74xx_7xx Files specific to Freescale MPC74xx and 7xx CPUs
186 /mpc5xx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xx CPUs
187 /mpc5xxx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xxx CPUs
188 /mpc8xx Files specific to Freescale MPC8xx CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500189 /mpc824x Files specific to Freescale MPC824x CPUs
190 /mpc8260 Files specific to Freescale MPC8260 CPUs
191 /mpc85xx Files specific to Freescale MPC85xx CPUs
192 /ppc4xx Files specific to AMCC PowerPC 4xx CPUs
193 /lib Architecture specific library files
194 /sh Files generic to SH architecture
195 /cpu CPU specific files
196 /sh2 Files specific to sh2 CPUs
197 /sh3 Files specific to sh3 CPUs
198 /sh4 Files specific to sh4 CPUs
199 /lib Architecture specific library files
200 /sparc Files generic to SPARC architecture
201 /cpu CPU specific files
202 /leon2 Files specific to Gaisler LEON2 SPARC CPU
203 /leon3 Files specific to Gaisler LEON3 SPARC CPU
204 /lib Architecture specific library files
Robert P. J. Day33c77312013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400205 /x86 Files generic to x86 architecture
206 /cpu CPU specific files
207 /lib Architecture specific library files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500208/api Machine/arch independent API for external apps
209/board Board dependent files
210/common Misc architecture independent functions
211/disk Code for disk drive partition handling
212/doc Documentation (don't expect too much)
213/drivers Commonly used device drivers
Robert P. J. Day33c77312013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400214/dts Contains Makefile for building internal U-Boot fdt.
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500215/examples Example code for standalone applications, etc.
216/fs Filesystem code (cramfs, ext2, jffs2, etc.)
217/include Header Files
218/lib Files generic to all architectures
219 /libfdt Library files to support flattened device trees
220 /lzma Library files to support LZMA decompression
221 /lzo Library files to support LZO decompression
222/net Networking code
223/post Power On Self Test
Robert P. J. Day33c77312013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400224/spl Secondary Program Loader framework
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500225/tools Tools to build S-Record or U-Boot images, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000226
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000227Software Configuration:
228=======================
229
230Configuration is usually done using C preprocessor defines; the
231rationale behind that is to avoid dead code whenever possible.
232
233There are two classes of configuration variables:
234
235* Configuration _OPTIONS_:
236 These are selectable by the user and have names beginning with
237 "CONFIG_".
238
239* Configuration _SETTINGS_:
240 These depend on the hardware etc. and should not be meddled with if
241 you don't know what you're doing; they have names beginning with
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200242 "CONFIG_SYS_".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000243
244Later we will add a configuration tool - probably similar to or even
245identical to what's used for the Linux kernel. Right now, we have to
246do the configuration by hand, which means creating some symbolic
247links and editing some configuration files. We use the TQM8xxL boards
248as an example here.
249
250
251Selection of Processor Architecture and Board Type:
252---------------------------------------------------
253
254For all supported boards there are ready-to-use default
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +0200255configurations available; just type "make <board_name>_defconfig".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000256
257Example: For a TQM823L module type:
258
259 cd u-boot
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +0200260 make TQM823L_defconfig
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000261
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200262For the Cogent platform, you need to specify the CPU type as well;
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +0200263e.g. "make cogent_mpc8xx_defconfig". And also configure the cogent
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000264directory according to the instructions in cogent/README.
265
266
Simon Glass75b3c3a2014-03-22 17:12:59 -0600267Sandbox Environment:
268--------------------
269
270U-Boot can be built natively to run on a Linux host using the 'sandbox'
271board. This allows feature development which is not board- or architecture-
272specific to be undertaken on a native platform. The sandbox is also used to
273run some of U-Boot's tests.
274
275See board/sandbox/sandbox/README.sandbox for more details.
276
277
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000278Configuration Options:
279----------------------
280
281Configuration depends on the combination of board and CPU type; all
282such information is kept in a configuration file
283"include/configs/<board_name>.h".
284
285Example: For a TQM823L module, all configuration settings are in
286"include/configs/TQM823L.h".
287
288
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +0000289Many of the options are named exactly as the corresponding Linux
290kernel configuration options. The intention is to make it easier to
291build a config tool - later.
292
293
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000294The following options need to be configured:
295
Kim Phillips26281142007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500296- CPU Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC85XX.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000297
Kim Phillips26281142007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500298- Board Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC8540ADS.
Wolfgang Denk6ccec442006-10-24 14:42:37 +0200299
300- CPU Daughterboard Type: (if CONFIG_ATSTK1000 is defined)
Haavard Skinnemoen09ea0de2007-11-01 12:44:20 +0100301 Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_ATSTK1002
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000302
303- CPU Module Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
304 Define exactly one of
305 CONFIG_CMA286_60_OLD
306--- FIXME --- not tested yet:
307 CONFIG_CMA286_60, CONFIG_CMA286_21, CONFIG_CMA286_60P,
308 CONFIG_CMA287_23, CONFIG_CMA287_50
309
310- Motherboard Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
311 Define exactly one of
312 CONFIG_CMA101, CONFIG_CMA102
313
314- Motherboard I/O Modules: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
315 Define one or more of
316 CONFIG_CMA302
317
318- Motherboard Options: (if CONFIG_CMA101 or CONFIG_CMA102 are defined)
319 Define one or more of
320 CONFIG_LCD_HEARTBEAT - update a character position on
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200321 the LCD display every second with
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000322 a "rotator" |\-/|\-/
323
Lei Wencf946c62011-02-09 18:06:58 +0530324- Marvell Family Member
325 CONFIG_SYS_MVFS - define it if you want to enable
326 multiple fs option at one time
327 for marvell soc family
328
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000329- MPC824X Family Member (if CONFIG_MPC824X is defined)
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000330 Define exactly one of
331 CONFIG_MPC8240, CONFIG_MPC8245
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000332
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200333- 8xx CPU Options: (if using an MPC8xx CPU)
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000334 CONFIG_8xx_GCLK_FREQ - deprecated: CPU clock if
335 get_gclk_freq() cannot work
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000336 e.g. if there is no 32KHz
337 reference PIT/RTC clock
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000338 CONFIG_8xx_OSCLK - PLL input clock (either EXTCLK
339 or XTAL/EXTAL)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000340
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000341- 859/866/885 CPU options: (if using a MPC859 or MPC866 or MPC885 CPU):
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200342 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MIN
343 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MAX
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000344 CONFIG_8xx_CPUCLK_DEFAULT
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000345 See doc/README.MPC866
346
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200347 CONFIG_SYS_MEASURE_CPUCLK
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000348
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000349 Define this to measure the actual CPU clock instead
350 of relying on the correctness of the configured
351 values. Mostly useful for board bringup to make sure
352 the PLL is locked at the intended frequency. Note
353 that this requires a (stable) reference clock (32 kHz
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200354 RTC clock or CONFIG_SYS_8XX_XIN)
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000355
Heiko Schocher506f3912009-03-12 07:37:15 +0100356 CONFIG_SYS_DELAYED_ICACHE
357
358 Define this option if you want to enable the
359 ICache only when Code runs from RAM.
360
Kumar Gala66412c62011-02-18 05:40:54 -0600361- 85xx CPU Options:
York Sunffd06e02012-10-08 07:44:30 +0000362 CONFIG_SYS_PPC64
363
364 Specifies that the core is a 64-bit PowerPC implementation (implements
365 the "64" category of the Power ISA). This is necessary for ePAPR
366 compliance, among other possible reasons.
367
Kumar Gala66412c62011-02-18 05:40:54 -0600368 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_TBCLK_DIV
369
370 Defines the core time base clock divider ratio compared to the
371 system clock. On most PQ3 devices this is 8, on newer QorIQ
372 devices it can be 16 or 32. The ratio varies from SoC to Soc.
373
Kumar Gala8f290842011-05-20 00:39:21 -0500374 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PCIE_COMPAT
375
376 Defines the string to utilize when trying to match PCIe device
377 tree nodes for the given platform.
378
Prabhakar Kushwahaafa6b552012-04-29 23:56:13 +0000379 CONFIG_SYS_PPC_E500_DEBUG_TLB
380
381 Enables a temporary TLB entry to be used during boot to work
382 around limitations in e500v1 and e500v2 external debugger
383 support. This reduces the portions of the boot code where
384 breakpoints and single stepping do not work. The value of this
385 symbol should be set to the TLB1 entry to be used for this
386 purpose.
387
Scott Wood33eee332012-08-14 10:14:53 +0000388 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510
389
390 Enables a workaround for erratum A004510. If set,
391 then CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV and
392 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY must be set.
393
394 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV
395 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV2 (optional)
396
397 Defines one or two SoC revisions (low 8 bits of SVR)
398 for which the A004510 workaround should be applied.
399
400 The rest of SVR is either not relevant to the decision
401 of whether the erratum is present (e.g. p2040 versus
402 p2041) or is implied by the build target, which controls
403 whether CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510 is set.
404
405 See Freescale App Note 4493 for more information about
406 this erratum.
407
Prabhakar Kushwaha74fa22e2013-04-16 13:27:44 +0530408 CONFIG_A003399_NOR_WORKAROUND
409 Enables a workaround for IFC erratum A003399. It is only
410 requred during NOR boot.
411
Scott Wood33eee332012-08-14 10:14:53 +0000412 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY
413
414 This is the value to write into CCSR offset 0x18600
415 according to the A004510 workaround.
416
Priyanka Jain64501c62013-07-02 09:21:04 +0530417 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_DDR_ADDR
418 This value denotes start offset of DDR memory which is
419 connected exclusively to the DSP cores.
420
Priyanka Jain765b0bd2013-04-04 09:31:54 +0530421 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M2_RAM_ADDR
422 This value denotes start offset of M2 memory
423 which is directly connected to the DSP core.
424
Priyanka Jain64501c62013-07-02 09:21:04 +0530425 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M3_RAM_ADDR
426 This value denotes start offset of M3 memory which is directly
427 connected to the DSP core.
428
Priyanka Jain765b0bd2013-04-04 09:31:54 +0530429 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT
430 This value denotes start offset of DSP CCSR space.
431
Priyanka Jainb1359912013-12-17 14:25:52 +0530432 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SINGLE_SOURCE_CLK
433 Single Source Clock is clocking mode present in some of FSL SoC's.
434 In this mode, a single differential clock is used to supply
435 clocks to the sysclock, ddrclock and usbclock.
436
Aneesh Bansalfb4a2402014-03-18 23:40:26 +0530437 CONFIG_SYS_CPC_REINIT_F
438 This CONFIG is defined when the CPC is configured as SRAM at the
439 time of U-boot entry and is required to be re-initialized.
440
Tang Yuantianaade2002014-04-17 15:33:46 +0800441 CONFIG_DEEP_SLEEP
442 Inidcates this SoC supports deep sleep feature. If deep sleep is
443 supported, core will start to execute uboot when wakes up.
444
Daniel Schwierzeck6cb461b2012-04-02 02:57:56 +0000445- Generic CPU options:
York Sun2a1680e2014-05-02 17:28:04 -0700446 CONFIG_SYS_GENERIC_GLOBAL_DATA
447 Defines global data is initialized in generic board board_init_f().
448 If this macro is defined, global data is created and cleared in
449 generic board board_init_f(). Without this macro, architecture/board
450 should initialize global data before calling board_init_f().
451
Daniel Schwierzeck6cb461b2012-04-02 02:57:56 +0000452 CONFIG_SYS_BIG_ENDIAN, CONFIG_SYS_LITTLE_ENDIAN
453
454 Defines the endianess of the CPU. Implementation of those
455 values is arch specific.
456
York Sun5614e712013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700457 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR
458 Freescale DDR driver in use. This type of DDR controller is
459 found in mpc83xx, mpc85xx, mpc86xx as well as some ARM core
460 SoCs.
461
462 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_ADDR
463 Freescale DDR memory-mapped register base.
464
465 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_EMU
466 Specify emulator support for DDR. Some DDR features such as
467 deskew training are not available.
468
469 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN1
470 Freescale DDR1 controller.
471
472 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN2
473 Freescale DDR2 controller.
474
475 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN3
476 Freescale DDR3 controller.
477
York Sun34e026f2014-03-27 17:54:47 -0700478 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN4
479 Freescale DDR4 controller.
480
York Sun9ac4ffb2013-09-30 14:20:51 -0700481 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_ARM_GEN3
482 Freescale DDR3 controller for ARM-based SoCs.
483
York Sun5614e712013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700484 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR1
485 Board config to use DDR1. It can be enabled for SoCs with
486 Freescale DDR1 or DDR2 controllers, depending on the board
487 implemetation.
488
489 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR2
490 Board config to use DDR2. It can be eanbeld for SoCs with
491 Freescale DDR2 or DDR3 controllers, depending on the board
492 implementation.
493
494 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR3
495 Board config to use DDR3. It can be enabled for SoCs with
York Sun34e026f2014-03-27 17:54:47 -0700496 Freescale DDR3 or DDR3L controllers.
497
498 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR3L
499 Board config to use DDR3L. It can be enabled for SoCs with
500 DDR3L controllers.
501
502 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR4
503 Board config to use DDR4. It can be enabled for SoCs with
504 DDR4 controllers.
York Sun5614e712013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700505
Prabhakar Kushwaha1b4175d2014-01-18 12:28:30 +0530506 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_BE
507 Defines the IFC controller register space as Big Endian
508
509 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_LE
510 Defines the IFC controller register space as Little Endian
511
Prabhakar Kushwaha690e4252014-01-13 11:28:04 +0530512 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PBL_PBI
513 It enables addition of RCW (Power on reset configuration) in built image.
514 Please refer doc/README.pblimage for more details
515
516 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PBL_RCW
517 It adds PBI(pre-boot instructions) commands in u-boot build image.
518 PBI commands can be used to configure SoC before it starts the execution.
519 Please refer doc/README.pblimage for more details
520
Prabhakar Kushwaha89ad7be2014-04-08 19:13:34 +0530521 CONFIG_SPL_FSL_PBL
522 It adds a target to create boot binary having SPL binary in PBI format
523 concatenated with u-boot binary.
524
York Sun4e5b1bd2014-02-10 13:59:42 -0800525 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_BE
526 Defines the DDR controller register space as Big Endian
527
528 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_LE
529 Defines the DDR controller register space as Little Endian
530
York Sun6b9e3092014-02-10 13:59:43 -0800531 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_SDRAM_BASE_PHY
532 Physical address from the view of DDR controllers. It is the
533 same as CONFIG_SYS_DDR_SDRAM_BASE for all Power SoCs. But
534 it could be different for ARM SoCs.
535
York Sun6b1e1252014-02-10 13:59:44 -0800536 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_INTLV_256B
537 DDR controller interleaving on 256-byte. This is a special
538 interleaving mode, handled by Dickens for Freescale layerscape
539 SoCs with ARM core.
540
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100541- Intel Monahans options:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200542 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_RUN_MODE_OSC_RATIO
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100543
544 Defines the Monahans run mode to oscillator
545 ratio. Valid values are 8, 16, 24, 31. The core
546 frequency is this value multiplied by 13 MHz.
547
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200548 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_TURBO_RUN_MODE_RATIO
Wolfgang Denkcf48eb92006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200549
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100550 Defines the Monahans turbo mode to oscillator
551 ratio. Valid values are 1 (default if undefined) and
Wolfgang Denkcf48eb92006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200552 2. The core frequency as calculated above is multiplied
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100553 by this value.
Wolfgang Denkcf48eb92006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200554
Daniel Schwierzeck92bbd642011-07-27 13:22:39 +0200555- MIPS CPU options:
556 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET
557
558 Offset relative to CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE for initial stack
559 pointer. This is needed for the temporary stack before
560 relocation.
561
562 CONFIG_SYS_MIPS_CACHE_MODE
563
564 Cache operation mode for the MIPS CPU.
565 See also arch/mips/include/asm/mipsregs.h.
566 Possible values are:
567 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NO_WA
568 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_WA
569 CONF_CM_UNCACHED
570 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NONCOHERENT
571 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CE
572 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_COW
573 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CUW
574 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_ACCELERATED
575
576 CONFIG_SYS_XWAY_EBU_BOOTCFG
577
578 Special option for Lantiq XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash.
579 See also arch/mips/cpu/mips32/start.S.
580
581 CONFIG_XWAY_SWAP_BYTES
582
583 Enable compilation of tools/xway-swap-bytes needed for Lantiq
584 XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash. The U-Boot image needs to
585 be swapped if a flash programmer is used.
586
Christian Rieschb67d8812012-02-02 00:44:39 +0000587- ARM options:
588 CONFIG_SYS_EXCEPTION_VECTORS_HIGH
589
590 Select high exception vectors of the ARM core, e.g., do not
591 clear the V bit of the c1 register of CP15.
592
Aneesh V5356f542012-03-08 07:20:19 +0000593 CONFIG_SYS_THUMB_BUILD
594
595 Use this flag to build U-Boot using the Thumb instruction
596 set for ARM architectures. Thumb instruction set provides
597 better code density. For ARM architectures that support
598 Thumb2 this flag will result in Thumb2 code generated by
599 GCC.
600
Stephen Warrenc5d47522013-03-04 13:29:40 +0000601 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_716044
Stephen Warren06785872013-02-26 12:28:27 +0000602 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_742230
603 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_743622
604 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_751472
Nitin Gargf71cbfe2014-04-02 08:55:01 -0500605 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_794072
Nitin Gargb7588e32014-04-02 08:55:02 -0500606 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_761320
Stephen Warren06785872013-02-26 12:28:27 +0000607
608 If set, the workarounds for these ARM errata are applied early
609 during U-Boot startup. Note that these options force the
610 workarounds to be applied; no CPU-type/version detection
611 exists, unlike the similar options in the Linux kernel. Do not
612 set these options unless they apply!
613
Stephen Warren795659d2013-03-27 17:06:41 +0000614- CPU timer options:
615 CONFIG_SYS_HZ
616
617 The frequency of the timer returned by get_timer().
618 get_timer() must operate in milliseconds and this CONFIG
619 option must be set to 1000.
620
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000621- Linux Kernel Interface:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000622 CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ
623
624 U-Boot stores all clock information in Hz
625 internally. For binary compatibility with older Linux
626 kernels (which expect the clocks passed in the
627 bd_info data to be in MHz) the environment variable
628 "clocks_in_mhz" can be defined so that U-Boot
629 converts clock data to MHZ before passing it to the
630 Linux kernel.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000631 When CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ is defined, a definition of
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +0100632 "clocks_in_mhz=1" is automatically included in the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000633 default environment.
634
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000635 CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES [relevant for MIPS only]
636
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200637 When transferring memsize parameter to linux, some versions
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000638 expect it to be in bytes, others in MB.
639 Define CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES to make it in bytes.
640
Gerald Van Barenfec6d9e2008-06-03 20:34:45 -0400641 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200642
643 New kernel versions are expecting firmware settings to be
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400644 passed using flattened device trees (based on open firmware
645 concepts).
646
647 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
648 * New libfdt-based support
649 * Adds the "fdt" command
Kim Phillips3bb342f2007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500650 * The bootm command automatically updates the fdt
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400651
Marcel Ziswilerb55ae402009-09-09 21:18:41 +0200652 OF_CPU - The proper name of the cpus node (only required for
653 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
654 OF_SOC - The proper name of the soc node (only required for
655 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200656 OF_TBCLK - The timebase frequency.
Kumar Galac2871f02006-01-11 13:59:02 -0600657 OF_STDOUT_PATH - The path to the console device
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200658
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200659 boards with QUICC Engines require OF_QE to set UCC MAC
660 addresses
Kim Phillips3bb342f2007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500661
Kumar Gala4e253132006-01-11 13:54:17 -0600662 CONFIG_OF_BOARD_SETUP
663
664 Board code has addition modification that it wants to make
665 to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000666
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -0500667 CONFIG_OF_BOOT_CPU
668
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200669 This define fills in the correct boot CPU in the boot
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -0500670 param header, the default value is zero if undefined.
671
Heiko Schocher3887c3f2009-09-23 07:56:08 +0200672 CONFIG_OF_IDE_FIXUP
673
674 U-Boot can detect if an IDE device is present or not.
675 If not, and this new config option is activated, U-Boot
676 removes the ATA node from the DTS before booting Linux,
677 so the Linux IDE driver does not probe the device and
678 crash. This is needed for buggy hardware (uc101) where
679 no pull down resistor is connected to the signal IDE5V_DD7.
680
Igor Grinberg7eb29392011-07-14 05:45:07 +0000681 CONFIG_MACH_TYPE [relevant for ARM only][mandatory]
682
683 This setting is mandatory for all boards that have only one
684 machine type and must be used to specify the machine type
685 number as it appears in the ARM machine registry
686 (see http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/developer/machines/).
687 Only boards that have multiple machine types supported
688 in a single configuration file and the machine type is
689 runtime discoverable, do not have to use this setting.
690
Niklaus Giger0b2f4ec2008-11-03 22:13:47 +0100691- vxWorks boot parameters:
692
693 bootvx constructs a valid bootline using the following
694 environments variables: bootfile, ipaddr, serverip, hostname.
695 It loads the vxWorks image pointed bootfile.
696
697 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_DEVICE - The vxworks device name
698 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_MAC_PTR - Ethernet 6 byte MA -address
699 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_SERVERNAME - Name of the server
700 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_ADDR - Address of boot parameters
701
702 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_ADD_PARAMS
703
704 Add it at the end of the bootline. E.g "u=username pw=secret"
705
706 Note: If a "bootargs" environment is defined, it will overwride
707 the defaults discussed just above.
708
Aneesh V2c451f72011-06-16 23:30:47 +0000709- Cache Configuration:
710 CONFIG_SYS_ICACHE_OFF - Do not enable instruction cache in U-Boot
711 CONFIG_SYS_DCACHE_OFF - Do not enable data cache in U-Boot
712 CONFIG_SYS_L2CACHE_OFF- Do not enable L2 cache in U-Boot
713
Aneesh V93bc2192011-06-16 23:30:51 +0000714- Cache Configuration for ARM:
715 CONFIG_SYS_L2_PL310 - Enable support for ARM PL310 L2 cache
716 controller
717 CONFIG_SYS_PL310_BASE - Physical base address of PL310
718 controller register space
719
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000720- Serial Ports:
Andreas Engel48d01922008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200721 CONFIG_PL010_SERIAL
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000722
723 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL010 UARTs.
724
Andreas Engel48d01922008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200725 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000726
727 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs.
728
729 CONFIG_PL011_CLOCK
730
731 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs, set this variable to
732 the clock speed of the UARTs.
733
734 CONFIG_PL01x_PORTS
735
736 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL010 or PL011 UARTs on your board,
737 define this to a list of base addresses for each (supported)
738 port. See e.g. include/configs/versatile.h
739
John Rigby910f1ae2011-04-19 10:42:39 +0000740 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_RLCR
741
742 Some vendor versions of PL011 serial ports (e.g. ST-Ericsson U8500)
743 have separate receive and transmit line control registers. Set
744 this variable to initialize the extra register.
745
746 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_FLUSH_ON_INIT
747
748 On some platforms (e.g. U8500) U-Boot is loaded by a second stage
749 boot loader that has already initialized the UART. Define this
750 variable to flush the UART at init time.
751
Karicheri, Muralidharand57dee52014-04-09 15:38:46 -0400752 CONFIG_SERIAL_HW_FLOW_CONTROL
753
754 Define this variable to enable hw flow control in serial driver.
755 Current user of this option is drivers/serial/nsl16550.c driver
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000756
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000757- Console Interface:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000758 Depending on board, define exactly one serial port
759 (like CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC1, CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC2,
760 CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SCC1, ...), or switch off the serial
761 console by defining CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000762
763 Note: if CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE is defined, the serial
764 port routines must be defined elsewhere
765 (i.e. serial_init(), serial_getc(), ...)
766
767 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
768 Enables console device for a color framebuffer. Needs following
Wolfgang Denkc53043b2011-12-07 12:19:20 +0000769 defines (cf. smiLynxEM, i8042)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000770 VIDEO_FB_LITTLE_ENDIAN graphic memory organisation
771 (default big endian)
772 VIDEO_HW_RECTFILL graphic chip supports
773 rectangle fill
774 (cf. smiLynxEM)
775 VIDEO_HW_BITBLT graphic chip supports
776 bit-blit (cf. smiLynxEM)
777 VIDEO_VISIBLE_COLS visible pixel columns
778 (cols=pitch)
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000779 VIDEO_VISIBLE_ROWS visible pixel rows
780 VIDEO_PIXEL_SIZE bytes per pixel
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000781 VIDEO_DATA_FORMAT graphic data format
782 (0-5, cf. cfb_console.c)
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000783 VIDEO_FB_ADRS framebuffer address
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000784 VIDEO_KBD_INIT_FCT keyboard int fct
785 (i.e. i8042_kbd_init())
786 VIDEO_TSTC_FCT test char fct
787 (i.e. i8042_tstc)
788 VIDEO_GETC_FCT get char fct
789 (i.e. i8042_getc)
790 CONFIG_CONSOLE_CURSOR cursor drawing on/off
791 (requires blink timer
792 cf. i8042.c)
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200793 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_BLINK_COUNT blink interval (cf. i8042.c)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000794 CONFIG_CONSOLE_TIME display time/date info in
795 upper right corner
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500796 (requires CONFIG_CMD_DATE)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000797 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO display Linux logo in
798 upper left corner
wdenka6c7ad22002-12-03 21:28:10 +0000799 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO use bmp_logo.h instead of
800 linux_logo.h for logo.
801 Requires CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000802 CONFIG_CONSOLE_EXTRA_INFO
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200803 additional board info beside
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000804 the logo
805
Pali Rohár33a35bb2012-10-19 13:30:09 +0000806 When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE_ANSI is defined, console will support
807 a limited number of ANSI escape sequences (cursor control,
808 erase functions and limited graphics rendition control).
809
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000810 When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE is defined, video console is
811 default i/o. Serial console can be forced with
812 environment 'console=serial'.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000813
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +0000814 When CONFIG_SILENT_CONSOLE is defined, all console
815 messages (by U-Boot and Linux!) can be silenced with
816 the "silent" environment variable. See
817 doc/README.silent for more information.
wdenka3ad8e22003-10-19 23:22:11 +0000818
Heiko Schocher45ae2542013-10-22 11:06:06 +0200819 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_BG_COL: define the backgroundcolor, default
820 is 0x00.
821 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_FG_COL: define the foregroundcolor, default
822 is 0xa0.
823
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000824- Console Baudrate:
825 CONFIG_BAUDRATE - in bps
826 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200827 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
828 CONFIG_SYS_BRGCLK_PRESCALE, baudrate prescale
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000829
Heiko Schocherc92fac92009-01-30 12:55:38 +0100830- Console Rx buffer length
831 With CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN it is possible to define
832 the maximum receive buffer length for the SMC.
Heiko Schocher2b3f12c2009-02-10 09:31:47 +0100833 This option is actual only for 82xx and 8xx possible.
Heiko Schocherc92fac92009-01-30 12:55:38 +0100834 If using CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN also CONFIG_SYS_MAXIDLE
835 must be defined, to setup the maximum idle timeout for
836 the SMC.
837
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000838- Pre-Console Buffer:
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200839 Prior to the console being initialised (i.e. serial UART
840 initialised etc) all console output is silently discarded.
841 Defining CONFIG_PRE_CONSOLE_BUFFER will cause U-Boot to
842 buffer any console messages prior to the console being
843 initialised to a buffer of size CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ
844 bytes located at CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_ADDR. The buffer is
845 a circular buffer, so if more than CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ
Wolfgang Denk6feff892011-10-09 21:06:34 +0200846 bytes are output before the console is initialised, the
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200847 earlier bytes are discarded.
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000848
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200849 'Sane' compilers will generate smaller code if
850 CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ is a power of 2
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000851
Sonny Rao046a37b2011-11-02 09:52:08 +0000852- Safe printf() functions
853 Define CONFIG_SYS_VSNPRINTF to compile in safe versions of
854 the printf() functions. These are defined in
855 include/vsprintf.h and include snprintf(), vsnprintf() and
856 so on. Code size increase is approximately 300-500 bytes.
857 If this option is not given then these functions will
858 silently discard their buffer size argument - this means
859 you are not getting any overflow checking in this case.
860
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000861- Boot Delay: CONFIG_BOOTDELAY - in seconds
862 Delay before automatically booting the default image;
863 set to -1 to disable autoboot.
Joe Hershberger93d72122012-08-17 10:53:12 +0000864 set to -2 to autoboot with no delay and not check for abort
865 (even when CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK is defined).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000866
867 See doc/README.autoboot for these options that
868 work with CONFIG_BOOTDELAY. None are required.
869 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
870 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_MIN
871 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_KEYED
872 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_PROMPT
873 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
874 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
875 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR2
876 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR2
877 CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK
878 CONFIG_RESET_TO_RETRY
879
880- Autoboot Command:
881 CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
882 Only needed when CONFIG_BOOTDELAY is enabled;
883 define a command string that is automatically executed
884 when no character is read on the console interface
885 within "Boot Delay" after reset.
886
887 CONFIG_BOOTARGS
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000888 This can be used to pass arguments to the bootm
889 command. The value of CONFIG_BOOTARGS goes into the
890 environment value "bootargs".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000891
892 CONFIG_RAMBOOT and CONFIG_NFSBOOT
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000893 The value of these goes into the environment as
894 "ramboot" and "nfsboot" respectively, and can be used
895 as a convenience, when switching between booting from
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200896 RAM and NFS.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000897
Heiko Schochereda0ba32013-11-04 14:04:59 +0100898- Bootcount:
899 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_LIMIT
900 Implements a mechanism for detecting a repeating reboot
901 cycle, see:
902 http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/UBootBootCountLimit
903
904 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_ENV
905 If no softreset save registers are found on the hardware
906 "bootcount" is stored in the environment. To prevent a
907 saveenv on all reboots, the environment variable
908 "upgrade_available" is used. If "upgrade_available" is
909 0, "bootcount" is always 0, if "upgrade_available" is
910 1 "bootcount" is incremented in the environment.
911 So the Userspace Applikation must set the "upgrade_available"
912 and "bootcount" variable to 0, if a boot was successfully.
913
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000914- Pre-Boot Commands:
915 CONFIG_PREBOOT
916
917 When this option is #defined, the existence of the
918 environment variable "preboot" will be checked
919 immediately before starting the CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
920 countdown and/or running the auto-boot command resp.
921 entering interactive mode.
922
923 This feature is especially useful when "preboot" is
924 automatically generated or modified. For an example
925 see the LWMON board specific code: here "preboot" is
926 modified when the user holds down a certain
927 combination of keys on the (special) keyboard when
928 booting the systems
929
930- Serial Download Echo Mode:
931 CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
932 If defined to 1, all characters received during a
933 serial download (using the "loads" command) are
934 echoed back. This might be needed by some terminal
935 emulations (like "cu"), but may as well just take
936 time on others. This setting #define's the initial
937 value of the "loads_echo" environment variable.
938
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500939- Kgdb Serial Baudrate: (if CONFIG_CMD_KGDB is defined)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000940 CONFIG_KGDB_BAUDRATE
941 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200942 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000943
944- Monitor Functions:
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500945 Monitor commands can be included or excluded
946 from the build by using the #include files
Stephen Warrenc6c621b2012-08-05 16:07:19 +0000947 <config_cmd_all.h> and #undef'ing unwanted
948 commands, or using <config_cmd_default.h>
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500949 and augmenting with additional #define's
950 for wanted commands.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000951
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500952 The default command configuration includes all commands
953 except those marked below with a "*".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000954
Marek Vasutb401b732014-03-05 19:58:39 +0100955 CONFIG_CMD_AES AES 128 CBC encrypt/decrypt
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500956 CONFIG_CMD_ASKENV * ask for env variable
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500957 CONFIG_CMD_BDI bdinfo
958 CONFIG_CMD_BEDBUG * Include BedBug Debugger
959 CONFIG_CMD_BMP * BMP support
960 CONFIG_CMD_BSP * Board specific commands
961 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTD bootd
962 CONFIG_CMD_CACHE * icache, dcache
Michal Simek08d0d6f2013-11-21 13:39:02 -0800963 CONFIG_CMD_CLK * clock command support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500964 CONFIG_CMD_CONSOLE coninfo
Mike Frysinger710b9932010-12-21 14:19:51 -0500965 CONFIG_CMD_CRC32 * crc32
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500966 CONFIG_CMD_DATE * support for RTC, date/time...
967 CONFIG_CMD_DHCP * DHCP support
968 CONFIG_CMD_DIAG * Diagnostics
Peter Tysera7c93102008-12-17 16:36:22 -0600969 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510 * ds4510 I2C gpio commands
970 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_INFO * ds4510 I2C info command
971 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_MEM * ds4510 I2C eeprom/sram commansd
972 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_RST * ds4510 I2C rst command
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500973 CONFIG_CMD_DTT * Digital Therm and Thermostat
974 CONFIG_CMD_ECHO echo arguments
Peter Tyser246c6922009-10-25 15:12:56 -0500975 CONFIG_CMD_EDITENV edit env variable
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500976 CONFIG_CMD_EEPROM * EEPROM read/write support
977 CONFIG_CMD_ELF * bootelf, bootvx
Joe Hershberger5e2b3e02012-12-11 22:16:25 -0600978 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_CALLBACK * display details about env callbacks
Joe Hershbergerfffad712012-12-11 22:16:33 -0600979 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_FLAGS * display details about env flags
Andrew Ruder88733e22013-10-22 19:07:34 -0500980 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_EXISTS * check existence of env variable
Mike Frysinger0c79cda2010-12-26 23:09:45 -0500981 CONFIG_CMD_EXPORTENV * export the environment
Stephen Warren03e2ecf2012-10-22 06:43:50 +0000982 CONFIG_CMD_EXT2 * ext2 command support
983 CONFIG_CMD_EXT4 * ext4 command support
Stephen Warren16f4d932014-01-24 20:46:37 -0700984 CONFIG_CMD_FS_GENERIC * filesystem commands (e.g. load, ls)
985 that work for multiple fs types
Mike Frysingerbdab39d2009-01-28 19:08:14 -0500986 CONFIG_CMD_SAVEENV saveenv
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500987 CONFIG_CMD_FDC * Floppy Disk Support
Stephen Warren03e2ecf2012-10-22 06:43:50 +0000988 CONFIG_CMD_FAT * FAT command support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500989 CONFIG_CMD_FLASH flinfo, erase, protect
990 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA FPGA device initialization support
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200991 CONFIG_CMD_FUSE * Device fuse support
Anton Staaf53fdc7e2012-12-05 14:46:29 +0000992 CONFIG_CMD_GETTIME * Get time since boot
Mike Frysingera641b972010-12-26 23:32:22 -0500993 CONFIG_CMD_GO * the 'go' command (exec code)
Kim Phillipsa000b792011-04-05 07:15:14 +0000994 CONFIG_CMD_GREPENV * search environment
Simon Glassbf36c5d2012-12-05 14:46:38 +0000995 CONFIG_CMD_HASH * calculate hash / digest
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500996 CONFIG_CMD_HWFLOW * RTS/CTS hw flow control
997 CONFIG_CMD_I2C * I2C serial bus support
998 CONFIG_CMD_IDE * IDE harddisk support
999 CONFIG_CMD_IMI iminfo
Vipin Kumar8fdf1e02012-12-16 22:32:48 +00001000 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS List all images found in NOR flash
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001001 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS_NAND * List all images found in NAND flash
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001002 CONFIG_CMD_IMMAP * IMMR dump support
Simon Glassaa532332014-06-11 23:29:41 -06001003 CONFIG_CMD_IOTRACE * I/O tracing for debugging
Mike Frysinger0c79cda2010-12-26 23:09:45 -05001004 CONFIG_CMD_IMPORTENV * import an environment
Joe Hershbergerc167cc02012-10-03 11:15:51 +00001005 CONFIG_CMD_INI * import data from an ini file into the env
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001006 CONFIG_CMD_IRQ * irqinfo
1007 CONFIG_CMD_ITEST Integer/string test of 2 values
1008 CONFIG_CMD_JFFS2 * JFFS2 Support
1009 CONFIG_CMD_KGDB * kgdb
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001010 CONFIG_CMD_LDRINFO * ldrinfo (display Blackfin loader)
Joe Hershbergerd22c3382012-05-23 08:00:12 +00001011 CONFIG_CMD_LINK_LOCAL * link-local IP address auto-configuration
1012 (169.254.*.*)
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001013 CONFIG_CMD_LOADB loadb
1014 CONFIG_CMD_LOADS loads
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001015 CONFIG_CMD_MD5SUM * print md5 message digest
Robin Getz02c9aa12009-07-27 00:07:59 -04001016 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY and CONFIG_MD5)
Simon Glass15a33e42012-11-30 13:01:20 +00001017 CONFIG_CMD_MEMINFO * Display detailed memory information
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001018 CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY md, mm, nm, mw, cp, cmp, crc, base,
Wolfgang Denka2681702013-03-08 10:51:32 +00001019 loop, loopw
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001020 CONFIG_CMD_MEMTEST * mtest
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001021 CONFIG_CMD_MISC Misc functions like sleep etc
1022 CONFIG_CMD_MMC * MMC memory mapped support
1023 CONFIG_CMD_MII * MII utility commands
Stefan Roese68d7d652009-03-19 13:30:36 +01001024 CONFIG_CMD_MTDPARTS * MTD partition support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001025 CONFIG_CMD_NAND * NAND support
1026 CONFIG_CMD_NET bootp, tftpboot, rarpboot
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001027 CONFIG_CMD_NFS NFS support
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001028 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X * PCA953x I2C gpio commands
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00001029 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X_INFO * PCA953x I2C gpio info command
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001030 CONFIG_CMD_PCI * pciinfo
1031 CONFIG_CMD_PCMCIA * PCMCIA support
1032 CONFIG_CMD_PING * send ICMP ECHO_REQUEST to network
1033 host
1034 CONFIG_CMD_PORTIO * Port I/O
Kenneth Watersff048ea2012-12-05 14:46:30 +00001035 CONFIG_CMD_READ * Read raw data from partition
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001036 CONFIG_CMD_REGINFO * Register dump
1037 CONFIG_CMD_RUN run command in env variable
Simon Glassd3049312012-12-26 09:53:36 +00001038 CONFIG_CMD_SANDBOX * sb command to access sandbox features
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001039 CONFIG_CMD_SAVES * save S record dump
1040 CONFIG_CMD_SCSI * SCSI Support
1041 CONFIG_CMD_SDRAM * print SDRAM configuration information
1042 (requires CONFIG_CMD_I2C)
1043 CONFIG_CMD_SETGETDCR Support for DCR Register access
1044 (4xx only)
Eric Nelsonf61ec452012-01-31 10:52:08 -07001045 CONFIG_CMD_SF * Read/write/erase SPI NOR flash
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001046 CONFIG_CMD_SHA1SUM * print sha1 memory digest
Robin Getz02c9aa12009-07-27 00:07:59 -04001047 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY)
Bob Liu7d861d92013-02-05 19:05:41 +08001048 CONFIG_CMD_SOFTSWITCH * Soft switch setting command for BF60x
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02001049 CONFIG_CMD_SOURCE "source" command Support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001050 CONFIG_CMD_SPI * SPI serial bus support
Luca Ceresoli7a83af02011-05-17 00:03:40 +00001051 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPSRV * TFTP transfer in server mode
Simon Glass1fb7cd42011-10-24 18:00:07 +00001052 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPPUT * TFTP put command (upload)
Joe Hershbergerda83bcd2012-10-03 12:14:57 +00001053 CONFIG_CMD_TIME * run command and report execution time (ARM specific)
1054 CONFIG_CMD_TIMER * access to the system tick timer
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001055 CONFIG_CMD_USB * USB support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001056 CONFIG_CMD_CDP * Cisco Discover Protocol support
Marek Vasutc8339f52012-03-31 07:47:16 +00001057 CONFIG_CMD_MFSL * Microblaze FSL support
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001058 CONFIG_CMD_XIMG Load part of Multi Image
Przemyslaw Marczak89c82302014-04-02 10:20:05 +02001059 CONFIG_CMD_UUID * Generate random UUID or GUID string
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001060
1061 EXAMPLE: If you want all functions except of network
1062 support you can write:
1063
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001064 #include "config_cmd_all.h"
1065 #undef CONFIG_CMD_NET
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001066
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -04001067 Other Commands:
1068 fdt (flattened device tree) command: CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001069
1070 Note: Don't enable the "icache" and "dcache" commands
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001071 (configuration option CONFIG_CMD_CACHE) unless you know
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001072 what you (and your U-Boot users) are doing. Data
1073 cache cannot be enabled on systems like the 8xx or
1074 8260 (where accesses to the IMMR region must be
1075 uncached), and it cannot be disabled on all other
1076 systems where we (mis-) use the data cache to hold an
1077 initial stack and some data.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001078
1079
1080 XXX - this list needs to get updated!
1081
Wolfgang Denka5ecbe62013-03-23 23:50:31 +00001082- Regular expression support:
1083 CONFIG_REGEX
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +02001084 If this variable is defined, U-Boot is linked against
1085 the SLRE (Super Light Regular Expression) library,
1086 which adds regex support to some commands, as for
1087 example "env grep" and "setexpr".
Wolfgang Denka5ecbe62013-03-23 23:50:31 +00001088
Simon Glass45ba8072011-10-15 05:48:20 +00001089- Device tree:
1090 CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
1091 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will use a device tree
1092 to configure its devices, instead of relying on statically
1093 compiled #defines in the board file. This option is
1094 experimental and only available on a few boards. The device
1095 tree is available in the global data as gd->fdt_blob.
1096
Simon Glass2c0f79e2011-10-24 19:15:31 +00001097 U-Boot needs to get its device tree from somewhere. This can
1098 be done using one of the two options below:
Simon Glassbbb0b122011-10-15 05:48:21 +00001099
1100 CONFIG_OF_EMBED
1101 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will embed a device tree
1102 binary in its image. This device tree file should be in the
1103 board directory and called <soc>-<board>.dts. The binary file
1104 is then picked up in board_init_f() and made available through
1105 the global data structure as gd->blob.
Simon Glass45ba8072011-10-15 05:48:20 +00001106
Simon Glass2c0f79e2011-10-24 19:15:31 +00001107 CONFIG_OF_SEPARATE
1108 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will build a device tree
1109 binary. It will be called u-boot.dtb. Architecture-specific
1110 code will locate it at run-time. Generally this works by:
1111
1112 cat u-boot.bin u-boot.dtb >image.bin
1113
1114 and in fact, U-Boot does this for you, creating a file called
1115 u-boot-dtb.bin which is useful in the common case. You can
1116 still use the individual files if you need something more
1117 exotic.
1118
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001119- Watchdog:
1120 CONFIG_WATCHDOG
1121 If this variable is defined, it enables watchdog
Detlev Zundel6abe6fb2011-04-27 05:25:59 +00001122 support for the SoC. There must be support in the SoC
1123 specific code for a watchdog. For the 8xx and 8260
1124 CPUs, the SIU Watchdog feature is enabled in the SYPCR
1125 register. When supported for a specific SoC is
1126 available, then no further board specific code should
1127 be needed to use it.
1128
1129 CONFIG_HW_WATCHDOG
1130 When using a watchdog circuitry external to the used
1131 SoC, then define this variable and provide board
1132 specific code for the "hw_watchdog_reset" function.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001133
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00001134- U-Boot Version:
1135 CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE
1136 If this variable is defined, an environment variable
1137 named "ver" is created by U-Boot showing the U-Boot
1138 version as printed by the "version" command.
Benoît Thébaudeaua1ea8e512012-08-13 15:01:14 +02001139 Any change to this variable will be reverted at the
1140 next reset.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00001141
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001142- Real-Time Clock:
1143
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001144 When CONFIG_CMD_DATE is selected, the type of the RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001145 has to be selected, too. Define exactly one of the
1146 following options:
1147
1148 CONFIG_RTC_MPC8xx - use internal RTC of MPC8xx
1149 CONFIG_RTC_PCF8563 - use Philips PCF8563 RTC
Fabio Estevam4e8b7542011-10-24 06:44:15 +00001150 CONFIG_RTC_MC13XXX - use MC13783 or MC13892 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001151 CONFIG_RTC_MC146818 - use MC146818 RTC
wdenk1cb8e982003-03-06 21:55:29 +00001152 CONFIG_RTC_DS1307 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1307 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001153 CONFIG_RTC_DS1337 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1337 RTC
wdenk7f70e852003-05-20 14:25:27 +00001154 CONFIG_RTC_DS1338 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1338 RTC
wdenk3bac3512003-03-12 10:41:04 +00001155 CONFIG_RTC_DS164x - use Dallas DS164x RTC
Tor Krill9536dfc2008-03-15 15:40:26 +01001156 CONFIG_RTC_ISL1208 - use Intersil ISL1208 RTC
wdenk4c0d4c32004-06-09 17:34:58 +00001157 CONFIG_RTC_MAX6900 - use Maxim, Inc. MAX6900 RTC
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001158 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_DS1337_NOOSC - Turn off the OSC output for DS1337
Heiko Schocher71d19f32011-03-28 09:24:22 +02001159 CONFIG_SYS_RV3029_TCR - enable trickle charger on
1160 RV3029 RTC.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001161
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001162 Note that if the RTC uses I2C, then the I2C interface
1163 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
1164
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001165- GPIO Support:
1166 CONFIG_PCA953X - use NXP's PCA953X series I2C GPIO
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001167
Chris Packham5dec49c2010-12-19 10:12:13 +00001168 The CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PCA953X_WIDTH option specifies a list of
1169 chip-ngpio pairs that tell the PCA953X driver the number of
1170 pins supported by a particular chip.
1171
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001172 Note that if the GPIO device uses I2C, then the I2C interface
1173 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
1174
Simon Glassaa532332014-06-11 23:29:41 -06001175- I/O tracing:
1176 When CONFIG_IO_TRACE is selected, U-Boot intercepts all I/O
1177 accesses and can checksum them or write a list of them out
1178 to memory. See the 'iotrace' command for details. This is
1179 useful for testing device drivers since it can confirm that
1180 the driver behaves the same way before and after a code
1181 change. Currently this is supported on sandbox and arm. To
1182 add support for your architecture, add '#include <iotrace.h>'
1183 to the bottom of arch/<arch>/include/asm/io.h and test.
1184
1185 Example output from the 'iotrace stats' command is below.
1186 Note that if the trace buffer is exhausted, the checksum will
1187 still continue to operate.
1188
1189 iotrace is enabled
1190 Start: 10000000 (buffer start address)
1191 Size: 00010000 (buffer size)
1192 Offset: 00000120 (current buffer offset)
1193 Output: 10000120 (start + offset)
1194 Count: 00000018 (number of trace records)
1195 CRC32: 9526fb66 (CRC32 of all trace records)
1196
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001197- Timestamp Support:
1198
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001199 When CONFIG_TIMESTAMP is selected, the timestamp
1200 (date and time) of an image is printed by image
1201 commands like bootm or iminfo. This option is
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001202 automatically enabled when you select CONFIG_CMD_DATE .
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001203
Karl O. Pinc923c46f2012-08-16 06:20:15 +00001204- Partition Labels (disklabels) Supported:
1205 Zero or more of the following:
1206 CONFIG_MAC_PARTITION Apple's MacOS partition table.
1207 CONFIG_DOS_PARTITION MS Dos partition table, traditional on the
1208 Intel architecture, USB sticks, etc.
1209 CONFIG_ISO_PARTITION ISO partition table, used on CDROM etc.
1210 CONFIG_EFI_PARTITION GPT partition table, common when EFI is the
1211 bootloader. Note 2TB partition limit; see
1212 disk/part_efi.c
1213 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS Memory Technology Device partition table.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001214
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01001215 If IDE or SCSI support is enabled (CONFIG_CMD_IDE or
1216 CONFIG_CMD_SCSI) you must configure support for at
Karl O. Pinc923c46f2012-08-16 06:20:15 +00001217 least one non-MTD partition type as well.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001218
1219- IDE Reset method:
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001220 CONFIG_IDE_RESET_ROUTINE - this is defined in several
1221 board configurations files but used nowhere!
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001222
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001223 CONFIG_IDE_RESET - is this is defined, IDE Reset will
1224 be performed by calling the function
1225 ide_set_reset(int reset)
1226 which has to be defined in a board specific file
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001227
1228- ATAPI Support:
1229 CONFIG_ATAPI
1230
1231 Set this to enable ATAPI support.
1232
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001233- LBA48 Support
1234 CONFIG_LBA48
1235
1236 Set this to enable support for disks larger than 137GB
Heiko Schocher4b142fe2009-12-03 11:21:21 +01001237 Also look at CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA.
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001238 Whithout these , LBA48 support uses 32bit variables and will 'only'
1239 support disks up to 2.1TB.
1240
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001241 CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA:
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001242 When enabled, makes the IDE subsystem use 64bit sector addresses.
1243 Default is 32bit.
1244
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001245- SCSI Support:
1246 At the moment only there is only support for the
1247 SYM53C8XX SCSI controller; define
1248 CONFIG_SCSI_SYM53C8XX to enable it.
1249
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001250 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN [8], CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID [7] and
1251 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_DEVICE [CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID *
1252 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN] can be adjusted to define the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001253 maximum numbers of LUNs, SCSI ID's and target
1254 devices.
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001255 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_SYM53C8XX_CCF to fix clock timing (80Mhz)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001256
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +02001257 The environment variable 'scsidevs' is set to the number of
1258 SCSI devices found during the last scan.
Stefan Reinauer447c0312012-10-29 05:23:48 +00001259
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001260- NETWORK Support (PCI):
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001261 CONFIG_E1000
Kyle Moffettce5207e2011-10-18 11:05:29 +00001262 Support for Intel 8254x/8257x gigabit chips.
1263
1264 CONFIG_E1000_SPI
1265 Utility code for direct access to the SPI bus on Intel 8257x.
1266 This does not do anything useful unless you set at least one
1267 of CONFIG_CMD_E1000 or CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC.
1268
1269 CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC
1270 Allow generic access to the SPI bus on the Intel 8257x, for
1271 example with the "sspi" command.
1272
1273 CONFIG_CMD_E1000
1274 Management command for E1000 devices. When used on devices
1275 with SPI support you can reprogram the EEPROM from U-Boot.
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00001276
Andre Schwarzac3315c2008-03-06 16:45:44 +01001277 CONFIG_E1000_FALLBACK_MAC
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001278 default MAC for empty EEPROM after production.
Andre Schwarzac3315c2008-03-06 16:45:44 +01001279
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001280 CONFIG_EEPRO100
1281 Support for Intel 82557/82559/82559ER chips.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001282 Optional CONFIG_EEPRO100_SROM_WRITE enables EEPROM
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001283 write routine for first time initialisation.
1284
1285 CONFIG_TULIP
1286 Support for Digital 2114x chips.
1287 Optional CONFIG_TULIP_SELECT_MEDIA for board specific
1288 modem chip initialisation (KS8761/QS6611).
1289
1290 CONFIG_NATSEMI
1291 Support for National dp83815 chips.
1292
1293 CONFIG_NS8382X
1294 Support for National dp8382[01] gigabit chips.
1295
wdenk45219c42003-05-12 21:50:16 +00001296- NETWORK Support (other):
1297
Jens Scharsigc041e9d2010-01-23 12:03:45 +01001298 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC
1299 Support for AT91RM9200 EMAC.
1300
1301 CONFIG_RMII
1302 Define this to use reduced MII inteface
1303
1304 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC_QUIET
1305 If this defined, the driver is quiet.
1306 The driver doen't show link status messages.
1307
Rob Herringefdd7312011-12-15 11:15:49 +00001308 CONFIG_CALXEDA_XGMAC
1309 Support for the Calxeda XGMAC device
1310
Ashok3bb46d22012-10-15 06:20:47 +00001311 CONFIG_LAN91C96
wdenk45219c42003-05-12 21:50:16 +00001312 Support for SMSC's LAN91C96 chips.
1313
1314 CONFIG_LAN91C96_BASE
1315 Define this to hold the physical address
1316 of the LAN91C96's I/O space
1317
1318 CONFIG_LAN91C96_USE_32_BIT
1319 Define this to enable 32 bit addressing
1320
Ashok3bb46d22012-10-15 06:20:47 +00001321 CONFIG_SMC91111
wdenkf39748a2004-06-09 13:37:52 +00001322 Support for SMSC's LAN91C111 chip
1323
1324 CONFIG_SMC91111_BASE
1325 Define this to hold the physical address
1326 of the device (I/O space)
1327
1328 CONFIG_SMC_USE_32_BIT
1329 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1330
1331 CONFIG_SMC_USE_IOFUNCS
1332 Define this to use i/o functions instead of macros
1333 (some hardware wont work with macros)
1334
Heiko Schocherdc02bad2011-11-15 10:00:04 -05001335 CONFIG_DRIVER_TI_EMAC
1336 Support for davinci emac
1337
1338 CONFIG_SYS_DAVINCI_EMAC_PHY_COUNT
1339 Define this if you have more then 3 PHYs.
1340
Macpaul Linb3dbf4a52010-12-21 16:59:46 +08001341 CONFIG_FTGMAC100
1342 Support for Faraday's FTGMAC100 Gigabit SoC Ethernet
1343
1344 CONFIG_FTGMAC100_EGIGA
1345 Define this to use GE link update with gigabit PHY.
1346 Define this if FTGMAC100 is connected to gigabit PHY.
1347 If your system has 10/100 PHY only, it might not occur
1348 wrong behavior. Because PHY usually return timeout or
1349 useless data when polling gigabit status and gigabit
1350 control registers. This behavior won't affect the
1351 correctnessof 10/100 link speed update.
1352
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001353 CONFIG_SMC911X
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001354 Support for SMSC's LAN911x and LAN921x chips
1355
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001356 CONFIG_SMC911X_BASE
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001357 Define this to hold the physical address
1358 of the device (I/O space)
1359
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001360 CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001361 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1362
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001363 CONFIG_SMC911X_16_BIT
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001364 Define this if data bus is 16 bits. If your processor
1365 automatically converts one 32 bit word to two 16 bit
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001366 words you may also try CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT.
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001367
Yoshihiro Shimoda3d0075f2011-01-27 10:06:03 +09001368 CONFIG_SH_ETHER
1369 Support for Renesas on-chip Ethernet controller
1370
1371 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_USE_PORT
1372 Define the number of ports to be used
1373
1374 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_PHY_ADDR
1375 Define the ETH PHY's address
1376
Yoshihiro Shimoda68260aa2011-01-27 10:06:08 +09001377 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_CACHE_WRITEBACK
1378 If this option is set, the driver enables cache flush.
1379
Vadim Bendebury5e124722011-10-17 08:36:14 +00001380- TPM Support:
Che-liang Chiou90899cc2013-04-12 11:04:34 +00001381 CONFIG_TPM
1382 Support TPM devices.
1383
Tom Wai-Hong Tam1b393db2013-04-12 11:04:37 +00001384 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C
1385 Support for i2c bus TPM devices. Only one device
1386 per system is supported at this time.
1387
1388 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_BUS_NUMBER
1389 Define the the i2c bus number for the TPM device
1390
1391 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS
1392 Define the TPM's address on the i2c bus
1393
1394 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_BURST_LIMITATION
1395 Define the burst count bytes upper limit
1396
Dirk Eibachc01939c2013-06-26 15:55:15 +02001397 CONFIG_TPM_ATMEL_TWI
1398 Support for Atmel TWI TPM device. Requires I2C support.
1399
Che-liang Chiou90899cc2013-04-12 11:04:34 +00001400 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_LPC
Vadim Bendebury5e124722011-10-17 08:36:14 +00001401 Support for generic parallel port TPM devices. Only one device
1402 per system is supported at this time.
1403
1404 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_BASE_ADDRESS
1405 Base address where the generic TPM device is mapped
1406 to. Contemporary x86 systems usually map it at
1407 0xfed40000.
1408
Reinhard Pfaube6c1522013-06-26 15:55:13 +02001409 CONFIG_CMD_TPM
1410 Add tpm monitor functions.
1411 Requires CONFIG_TPM. If CONFIG_TPM_AUTH_SESSIONS is set, also
1412 provides monitor access to authorized functions.
1413
1414 CONFIG_TPM
1415 Define this to enable the TPM support library which provides
1416 functional interfaces to some TPM commands.
1417 Requires support for a TPM device.
1418
1419 CONFIG_TPM_AUTH_SESSIONS
1420 Define this to enable authorized functions in the TPM library.
1421 Requires CONFIG_TPM and CONFIG_SHA1.
1422
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001423- USB Support:
1424 At the moment only the UHCI host controller is
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001425 supported (PIP405, MIP405, MPC5200); define
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001426 CONFIG_USB_UHCI to enable it.
1427 define CONFIG_USB_KEYBOARD to enable the USB Keyboard
wdenk30d56fa2004-10-09 22:44:59 +00001428 and define CONFIG_USB_STORAGE to enable the USB
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001429 storage devices.
1430 Note:
1431 Supported are USB Keyboards and USB Floppy drives
1432 (TEAC FD-05PUB).
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001433 MPC5200 USB requires additional defines:
1434 CONFIG_USB_CLOCK
1435 for 528 MHz Clock: 0x0001bbbb
Eric Millbrandt307ecb62009-08-13 08:32:37 -05001436 CONFIG_PSC3_USB
1437 for USB on PSC3
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001438 CONFIG_USB_CONFIG
1439 for differential drivers: 0x00001000
1440 for single ended drivers: 0x00005000
Eric Millbrandt307ecb62009-08-13 08:32:37 -05001441 for differential drivers on PSC3: 0x00000100
1442 for single ended drivers on PSC3: 0x00004100
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001443 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EVENT_POLL
Zhang Weifdcfaa12007-06-06 10:08:13 +02001444 May be defined to allow interrupt polling
1445 instead of using asynchronous interrupts
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001446
Simon Glass9ab4ce22012-02-27 10:52:47 +00001447 CONFIG_USB_EHCI_TXFIFO_THRESH enables setting of the
1448 txfilltuning field in the EHCI controller on reset.
1449
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001450- USB Device:
1451 Define the below if you wish to use the USB console.
1452 Once firmware is rebuilt from a serial console issue the
1453 command "setenv stdin usbtty; setenv stdout usbtty" and
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001454 attach your USB cable. The Unix command "dmesg" should print
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001455 it has found a new device. The environment variable usbtty
1456 can be set to gserial or cdc_acm to enable your device to
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001457 appear to a USB host as a Linux gserial device or a
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001458 Common Device Class Abstract Control Model serial device.
1459 If you select usbtty = gserial you should be able to enumerate
1460 a Linux host by
1461 # modprobe usbserial vendor=0xVendorID product=0xProductID
1462 else if using cdc_acm, simply setting the environment
1463 variable usbtty to be cdc_acm should suffice. The following
1464 might be defined in YourBoardName.h
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001465
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001466 CONFIG_USB_DEVICE
1467 Define this to build a UDC device
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001468
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001469 CONFIG_USB_TTY
1470 Define this to have a tty type of device available to
1471 talk to the UDC device
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001472
Vipin KUMARf9da0f82012-03-26 15:38:06 +05301473 CONFIG_USBD_HS
1474 Define this to enable the high speed support for usb
1475 device and usbtty. If this feature is enabled, a routine
1476 int is_usbd_high_speed(void)
1477 also needs to be defined by the driver to dynamically poll
1478 whether the enumeration has succeded at high speed or full
1479 speed.
1480
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001481 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001482 Define this if you want stdin, stdout &/or stderr to
1483 be set to usbtty.
1484
1485 mpc8xx:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001486 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0xBLAH
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001487 Derive USB clock from external clock "blah"
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001488 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0x02
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001489
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001490 CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0xBLAH
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001491 Derive USB clock from brgclk
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001492 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0x04
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001493
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001494 If you have a USB-IF assigned VendorID then you may wish to
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001495 define your own vendor specific values either in BoardName.h
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001496 or directly in usbd_vendor_info.h. If you don't define
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001497 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER, CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME,
1498 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID and CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID, then U-Boot
1499 should pretend to be a Linux device to it's target host.
1500
1501 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER
1502 Define this string as the name of your company for
1503 - CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER "my company"
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001504
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001505 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME
1506 Define this string as the name of your product
1507 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME "acme usb device"
1508
1509 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID
1510 Define this as your assigned Vendor ID from the USB
1511 Implementors Forum. This *must* be a genuine Vendor ID
1512 to avoid polluting the USB namespace.
1513 - CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID 0xFFFF
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001514
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001515 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID
1516 Define this as the unique Product ID
1517 for your device
1518 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID 0xFFFF
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001519
Igor Grinbergd70a5602011-12-12 12:08:35 +02001520- ULPI Layer Support:
1521 The ULPI (UTMI Low Pin (count) Interface) PHYs are supported via
1522 the generic ULPI layer. The generic layer accesses the ULPI PHY
1523 via the platform viewport, so you need both the genric layer and
1524 the viewport enabled. Currently only Chipidea/ARC based
1525 viewport is supported.
1526 To enable the ULPI layer support, define CONFIG_USB_ULPI and
1527 CONFIG_USB_ULPI_VIEWPORT in your board configuration file.
Lucas Stach6d365ea2012-10-01 00:44:35 +02001528 If your ULPI phy needs a different reference clock than the
1529 standard 24 MHz then you have to define CONFIG_ULPI_REF_CLK to
1530 the appropriate value in Hz.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001531
1532- MMC Support:
1533 The MMC controller on the Intel PXA is supported. To
1534 enable this define CONFIG_MMC. The MMC can be
1535 accessed from the boot prompt by mapping the device
1536 to physical memory similar to flash. Command line is
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001537 enabled with CONFIG_CMD_MMC. The MMC driver also works with
1538 the FAT fs. This is enabled with CONFIG_CMD_FAT.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001539
Yoshihiro Shimodaafb35662011-07-04 22:21:22 +00001540 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF
1541 Support for Renesas on-chip MMCIF controller
1542
1543 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_ADDR
1544 Define the base address of MMCIF registers
1545
1546 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_CLK
1547 Define the clock frequency for MMCIF
1548
Pierre Aubert1fd93c62014-04-24 10:30:08 +02001549 CONFIG_GENERIC_MMC
1550 Enable the generic MMC driver
1551
1552 CONFIG_SUPPORT_EMMC_BOOT
1553 Enable some additional features of the eMMC boot partitions.
1554
1555 CONFIG_SUPPORT_EMMC_RPMB
1556 Enable the commands for reading, writing and programming the
1557 key for the Replay Protection Memory Block partition in eMMC.
1558
Tom Rinib3ba6e92013-03-14 05:32:47 +00001559- USB Device Firmware Update (DFU) class support:
1560 CONFIG_DFU_FUNCTION
1561 This enables the USB portion of the DFU USB class
1562
1563 CONFIG_CMD_DFU
1564 This enables the command "dfu" which is used to have
1565 U-Boot create a DFU class device via USB. This command
1566 requires that the "dfu_alt_info" environment variable be
1567 set and define the alt settings to expose to the host.
1568
1569 CONFIG_DFU_MMC
1570 This enables support for exposing (e)MMC devices via DFU.
1571
Pantelis Antoniouc6631762013-03-14 05:32:52 +00001572 CONFIG_DFU_NAND
1573 This enables support for exposing NAND devices via DFU.
1574
Afzal Mohammeda9479f02013-09-18 01:15:24 +05301575 CONFIG_DFU_RAM
1576 This enables support for exposing RAM via DFU.
1577 Note: DFU spec refer to non-volatile memory usage, but
1578 allow usages beyond the scope of spec - here RAM usage,
1579 one that would help mostly the developer.
1580
Heiko Schochere7e75c72013-06-12 06:05:51 +02001581 CONFIG_SYS_DFU_DATA_BUF_SIZE
1582 Dfu transfer uses a buffer before writing data to the
1583 raw storage device. Make the size (in bytes) of this buffer
1584 configurable. The size of this buffer is also configurable
1585 through the "dfu_bufsiz" environment variable.
1586
Pantelis Antoniouea2453d2013-03-14 05:32:48 +00001587 CONFIG_SYS_DFU_MAX_FILE_SIZE
1588 When updating files rather than the raw storage device,
1589 we use a static buffer to copy the file into and then write
1590 the buffer once we've been given the whole file. Define
1591 this to the maximum filesize (in bytes) for the buffer.
1592 Default is 4 MiB if undefined.
1593
Heiko Schocher001a8312014-03-18 08:09:56 +01001594 DFU_DEFAULT_POLL_TIMEOUT
1595 Poll timeout [ms], is the timeout a device can send to the
1596 host. The host must wait for this timeout before sending
1597 a subsequent DFU_GET_STATUS request to the device.
1598
1599 DFU_MANIFEST_POLL_TIMEOUT
1600 Poll timeout [ms], which the device sends to the host when
1601 entering dfuMANIFEST state. Host waits this timeout, before
1602 sending again an USB request to the device.
1603
Sebastian Siewior3aab70a2014-05-05 15:08:10 -05001604- USB Device Android Fastboot support:
1605 CONFIG_CMD_FASTBOOT
1606 This enables the command "fastboot" which enables the Android
1607 fastboot mode for the platform's USB device. Fastboot is a USB
1608 protocol for downloading images, flashing and device control
1609 used on Android devices.
1610 See doc/README.android-fastboot for more information.
1611
1612 CONFIG_ANDROID_BOOT_IMAGE
1613 This enables support for booting images which use the Android
1614 image format header.
1615
1616 CONFIG_USB_FASTBOOT_BUF_ADDR
1617 The fastboot protocol requires a large memory buffer for
1618 downloads. Define this to the starting RAM address to use for
1619 downloaded images.
1620
1621 CONFIG_USB_FASTBOOT_BUF_SIZE
1622 The fastboot protocol requires a large memory buffer for
1623 downloads. This buffer should be as large as possible for a
1624 platform. Define this to the size available RAM for fastboot.
1625
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001626- Journaling Flash filesystem support:
1627 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_OFF, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_SIZE,
1628 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_DEV
1629 Define these for a default partition on a NAND device
1630
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001631 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_SECTOR,
1632 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_BANK, CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_NUM_BANKS
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001633 Define these for a default partition on a NOR device
1634
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001635 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_CUSTOM_PART
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001636 Define this to create an own partition. You have to provide a
1637 function struct part_info* jffs2_part_info(int part_num)
1638
1639 If you define only one JFFS2 partition you may also want to
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001640 #define CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_SINGLE_PART 1
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001641 to disable the command chpart. This is the default when you
1642 have not defined a custom partition
1643
Donggeun Kimc30a15e2011-10-24 21:15:28 +00001644- FAT(File Allocation Table) filesystem write function support:
1645 CONFIG_FAT_WRITE
Donggeun Kim656f4c62012-03-22 04:38:56 +00001646
1647 Define this to enable support for saving memory data as a
1648 file in FAT formatted partition.
1649
1650 This will also enable the command "fatwrite" enabling the
1651 user to write files to FAT.
Donggeun Kimc30a15e2011-10-24 21:15:28 +00001652
Gabe Black84cd9322012-10-12 14:26:11 +00001653CBFS (Coreboot Filesystem) support
1654 CONFIG_CMD_CBFS
1655
1656 Define this to enable support for reading from a Coreboot
1657 filesystem. Available commands are cbfsinit, cbfsinfo, cbfsls
1658 and cbfsload.
1659
Siva Durga Prasad Paladugu4f0d1a22014-05-26 19:18:37 +05301660- FAT(File Allocation Table) filesystem cluster size:
1661 CONFIG_FS_FAT_MAX_CLUSTSIZE
1662
1663 Define the max cluster size for fat operations else
1664 a default value of 65536 will be defined.
1665
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001666- Keyboard Support:
1667 CONFIG_ISA_KEYBOARD
1668
1669 Define this to enable standard (PC-Style) keyboard
1670 support
1671
1672 CONFIG_I8042_KBD
1673 Standard PC keyboard driver with US (is default) and
1674 GERMAN key layout (switch via environment 'keymap=de') support.
1675 Export function i8042_kbd_init, i8042_tstc and i8042_getc
1676 for cfb_console. Supports cursor blinking.
1677
Hung-ying Tyan713cb682013-05-15 18:27:32 +08001678 CONFIG_CROS_EC_KEYB
1679 Enables a Chrome OS keyboard using the CROS_EC interface.
1680 This uses CROS_EC to communicate with a second microcontroller
1681 which provides key scans on request.
1682
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001683- Video support:
1684 CONFIG_VIDEO
1685
1686 Define this to enable video support (for output to
1687 video).
1688
1689 CONFIG_VIDEO_CT69000
1690
1691 Enable Chips & Technologies 69000 Video chip
1692
1693 CONFIG_VIDEO_SMI_LYNXEM
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001694 Enable Silicon Motion SMI 712/710/810 Video chip. The
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001695 video output is selected via environment 'videoout'
1696 (1 = LCD and 2 = CRT). If videoout is undefined, CRT is
1697 assumed.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001698
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001699 For the CT69000 and SMI_LYNXEM drivers, videomode is
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001700 selected via environment 'videomode'. Two different ways
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001701 are possible:
1702 - "videomode=num" 'num' is a standard LiLo mode numbers.
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00001703 Following standard modes are supported (* is default):
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001704
1705 Colors 640x480 800x600 1024x768 1152x864 1280x1024
1706 -------------+---------------------------------------------
1707 8 bits | 0x301* 0x303 0x305 0x161 0x307
1708 15 bits | 0x310 0x313 0x316 0x162 0x319
1709 16 bits | 0x311 0x314 0x317 0x163 0x31A
1710 24 bits | 0x312 0x315 0x318 ? 0x31B
1711 -------------+---------------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001712 (i.e. setenv videomode 317; saveenv; reset;)
1713
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001714 - "videomode=bootargs" all the video parameters are parsed
Marcel Ziswiler7817cb22007-12-30 03:30:46 +01001715 from the bootargs. (See drivers/video/videomodes.c)
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001716
1717
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00001718 CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001719 Enable Epson SED13806 driver. This driver supports 8bpp
wdenka6c7ad22002-12-03 21:28:10 +00001720 and 16bpp modes defined by CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_8BPP
1721 or CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_16BPP
1722
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001723 CONFIG_FSL_DIU_FB
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02001724 Enable the Freescale DIU video driver. Reference boards for
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001725 SOCs that have a DIU should define this macro to enable DIU
1726 support, and should also define these other macros:
1727
1728 CONFIG_SYS_DIU_ADDR
1729 CONFIG_VIDEO
1730 CONFIG_CMD_BMP
1731 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
1732 CONFIG_VIDEO_SW_CURSOR
1733 CONFIG_VGA_AS_SINGLE_DEVICE
1734 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
1735 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO
1736
Timur Tabiba8e76b2011-04-11 14:18:22 -05001737 The DIU driver will look for the 'video-mode' environment
1738 variable, and if defined, enable the DIU as a console during
1739 boot. See the documentation file README.video for a
1740 description of this variable.
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001741
Simon Glass058d59b2012-12-03 13:59:47 +00001742 CONFIG_VIDEO_VGA
1743
1744 Enable the VGA video / BIOS for x86. The alternative if you
1745 are using coreboot is to use the coreboot frame buffer
1746 driver.
1747
1748
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001749- Keyboard Support:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001750 CONFIG_KEYBOARD
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001751
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001752 Define this to enable a custom keyboard support.
1753 This simply calls drv_keyboard_init() which must be
1754 defined in your board-specific files.
1755 The only board using this so far is RBC823.
wdenka6c7ad22002-12-03 21:28:10 +00001756
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001757- LCD Support: CONFIG_LCD
1758
1759 Define this to enable LCD support (for output to LCD
1760 display); also select one of the supported displays
1761 by defining one of these:
1762
Stelian Pop39cf4802008-05-09 21:57:18 +02001763 CONFIG_ATMEL_LCD:
1764
1765 HITACHI TX09D70VM1CCA, 3.5", 240x320.
1766
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001767 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448AC33:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001768
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001769 NEC NL6448AC33-18. Active, color, single scan.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001770
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001771 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC20
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001772
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001773 NEC NL6448BC20-08. 6.5", 640x480.
1774 Active, color, single scan.
1775
1776 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC33_54
1777
1778 NEC NL6448BC33-54. 10.4", 640x480.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001779 Active, color, single scan.
1780
1781 CONFIG_SHARP_16x9
1782
1783 Sharp 320x240. Active, color, single scan.
1784 It isn't 16x9, and I am not sure what it is.
1785
1786 CONFIG_SHARP_LQ64D341
1787
1788 Sharp LQ64D341 display, 640x480.
1789 Active, color, single scan.
1790
1791 CONFIG_HLD1045
1792
1793 HLD1045 display, 640x480.
1794 Active, color, single scan.
1795
1796 CONFIG_OPTREX_BW
1797
1798 Optrex CBL50840-2 NF-FW 99 22 M5
1799 or
1800 Hitachi LMG6912RPFC-00T
1801 or
1802 Hitachi SP14Q002
1803
1804 320x240. Black & white.
1805
1806 Normally display is black on white background; define
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001807 CONFIG_SYS_WHITE_ON_BLACK to get it inverted.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001808
Simon Glass676d3192012-10-17 13:24:54 +00001809 CONFIG_LCD_ALIGNMENT
1810
1811 Normally the LCD is page-aligned (tyically 4KB). If this is
1812 defined then the LCD will be aligned to this value instead.
1813 For ARM it is sometimes useful to use MMU_SECTION_SIZE
1814 here, since it is cheaper to change data cache settings on
1815 a per-section basis.
1816
Simon Glass0d89efe2012-10-17 13:24:59 +00001817 CONFIG_CONSOLE_SCROLL_LINES
1818
1819 When the console need to be scrolled, this is the number of
1820 lines to scroll by. It defaults to 1. Increasing this makes
1821 the console jump but can help speed up operation when scrolling
1822 is slow.
Simon Glass676d3192012-10-17 13:24:54 +00001823
Tom Wai-Hong Tam45d7f522012-09-28 15:11:16 +00001824 CONFIG_LCD_BMP_RLE8
1825
1826 Support drawing of RLE8-compressed bitmaps on the LCD.
1827
Tom Wai-Hong Tam735987c2012-12-05 14:46:40 +00001828 CONFIG_I2C_EDID
1829
1830 Enables an 'i2c edid' command which can read EDID
1831 information over I2C from an attached LCD display.
1832
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00001833- Splash Screen Support: CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001834
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001835 If this option is set, the environment is checked for
1836 a variable "splashimage". If found, the usual display
1837 of logo, copyright and system information on the LCD
wdenke94d2cd2004-06-30 22:59:18 +00001838 is suppressed and the BMP image at the address
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001839 specified in "splashimage" is loaded instead. The
1840 console is redirected to the "nulldev", too. This
1841 allows for a "silent" boot where a splash screen is
1842 loaded very quickly after power-on.
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001843
Nikita Kiryanovc0880482013-02-24 21:28:43 +00001844 CONFIG_SPLASHIMAGE_GUARD
1845
1846 If this option is set, then U-Boot will prevent the environment
1847 variable "splashimage" from being set to a problematic address
Tom Rini1551df32014-02-25 10:27:01 -05001848 (see README.displaying-bmps).
Nikita Kiryanovc0880482013-02-24 21:28:43 +00001849 This option is useful for targets where, due to alignment
1850 restrictions, an improperly aligned BMP image will cause a data
1851 abort. If you think you will not have problems with unaligned
1852 accesses (for example because your toolchain prevents them)
1853 there is no need to set this option.
1854
Matthias Weisser1ca298c2009-07-09 16:07:30 +02001855 CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN_ALIGN
1856
1857 If this option is set the splash image can be freely positioned
1858 on the screen. Environment variable "splashpos" specifies the
1859 position as "x,y". If a positive number is given it is used as
1860 number of pixel from left/top. If a negative number is given it
1861 is used as number of pixel from right/bottom. You can also
1862 specify 'm' for centering the image.
1863
1864 Example:
1865 setenv splashpos m,m
1866 => image at center of screen
1867
1868 setenv splashpos 30,20
1869 => image at x = 30 and y = 20
1870
1871 setenv splashpos -10,m
1872 => vertically centered image
1873 at x = dspWidth - bmpWidth - 9
1874
Stefan Roese98f4a3d2005-09-22 09:04:17 +02001875- Gzip compressed BMP image support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_GZIP
1876
1877 If this option is set, additionally to standard BMP
1878 images, gzipped BMP images can be displayed via the
1879 splashscreen support or the bmp command.
1880
Anatolij Gustschind5011762010-03-15 14:50:25 +01001881- Run length encoded BMP image (RLE8) support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_RLE8
1882
1883 If this option is set, 8-bit RLE compressed BMP images
1884 can be displayed via the splashscreen support or the
1885 bmp command.
1886
Lei Wenf2b96df2012-09-28 04:26:47 +00001887- Do compresssing for memory range:
1888 CONFIG_CMD_ZIP
1889
1890 If this option is set, it would use zlib deflate method
1891 to compress the specified memory at its best effort.
1892
wdenkc29fdfc2003-08-29 20:57:53 +00001893- Compression support:
Kees Cook8ef70472013-08-16 07:59:12 -07001894 CONFIG_GZIP
1895
1896 Enabled by default to support gzip compressed images.
1897
wdenkc29fdfc2003-08-29 20:57:53 +00001898 CONFIG_BZIP2
1899
1900 If this option is set, support for bzip2 compressed
1901 images is included. If not, only uncompressed and gzip
1902 compressed images are supported.
1903
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00001904 NOTE: the bzip2 algorithm requires a lot of RAM, so
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001905 the malloc area (as defined by CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN) should
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00001906 be at least 4MB.
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001907
Luigi 'Comio' Mantellinifc9c1722008-09-08 02:46:13 +02001908 CONFIG_LZMA
1909
1910 If this option is set, support for lzma compressed
1911 images is included.
1912
1913 Note: The LZMA algorithm adds between 2 and 4KB of code and it
1914 requires an amount of dynamic memory that is given by the
1915 formula:
1916
1917 (1846 + 768 << (lc + lp)) * sizeof(uint16)
1918
1919 Where lc and lp stand for, respectively, Literal context bits
1920 and Literal pos bits.
1921
1922 This value is upper-bounded by 14MB in the worst case. Anyway,
1923 for a ~4MB large kernel image, we have lc=3 and lp=0 for a
1924 total amount of (1846 + 768 << (3 + 0)) * 2 = ~41KB... that is
1925 a very small buffer.
1926
1927 Use the lzmainfo tool to determinate the lc and lp values and
1928 then calculate the amount of needed dynamic memory (ensuring
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001929 the appropriate CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN value).
Luigi 'Comio' Mantellinifc9c1722008-09-08 02:46:13 +02001930
Kees Cook8ef70472013-08-16 07:59:12 -07001931 CONFIG_LZO
1932
1933 If this option is set, support for LZO compressed images
1934 is included.
1935
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001936- MII/PHY support:
1937 CONFIG_PHY_ADDR
1938
1939 The address of PHY on MII bus.
1940
1941 CONFIG_PHY_CLOCK_FREQ (ppc4xx)
1942
1943 The clock frequency of the MII bus
1944
1945 CONFIG_PHY_GIGE
1946
1947 If this option is set, support for speed/duplex
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001948 detection of gigabit PHY is included.
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001949
1950 CONFIG_PHY_RESET_DELAY
1951
1952 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
1953 reset before any MII register access is possible.
1954 For such PHY, set this option to the usec delay
1955 required. (minimum 300usec for LXT971A)
1956
1957 CONFIG_PHY_CMD_DELAY (ppc4xx)
1958
1959 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
1960 command issued before MII status register can be read
1961
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001962- Ethernet address:
1963 CONFIG_ETHADDR
richardretanubunc68a05f2008-09-29 18:28:23 -04001964 CONFIG_ETH1ADDR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001965 CONFIG_ETH2ADDR
1966 CONFIG_ETH3ADDR
richardretanubunc68a05f2008-09-29 18:28:23 -04001967 CONFIG_ETH4ADDR
1968 CONFIG_ETH5ADDR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001969
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001970 Define a default value for Ethernet address to use
1971 for the respective Ethernet interface, in case this
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001972 is not determined automatically.
1973
1974- IP address:
1975 CONFIG_IPADDR
1976
1977 Define a default value for the IP address to use for
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001978 the default Ethernet interface, in case this is not
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001979 determined through e.g. bootp.
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001980 (Environment variable "ipaddr")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001981
1982- Server IP address:
1983 CONFIG_SERVERIP
1984
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001985 Defines a default value for the IP address of a TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001986 server to contact when using the "tftboot" command.
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001987 (Environment variable "serverip")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001988
Robin Getz97cfe862009-07-21 12:15:28 -04001989 CONFIG_KEEP_SERVERADDR
1990
1991 Keeps the server's MAC address, in the env 'serveraddr'
1992 for passing to bootargs (like Linux's netconsole option)
1993
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001994- Gateway IP address:
1995 CONFIG_GATEWAYIP
1996
1997 Defines a default value for the IP address of the
1998 default router where packets to other networks are
1999 sent to.
2000 (Environment variable "gatewayip")
2001
2002- Subnet mask:
2003 CONFIG_NETMASK
2004
2005 Defines a default value for the subnet mask (or
2006 routing prefix) which is used to determine if an IP
2007 address belongs to the local subnet or needs to be
2008 forwarded through a router.
2009 (Environment variable "netmask")
2010
David Updegraff53a5c422007-06-11 10:41:07 -05002011- Multicast TFTP Mode:
2012 CONFIG_MCAST_TFTP
2013
2014 Defines whether you want to support multicast TFTP as per
2015 rfc-2090; for example to work with atftp. Lets lots of targets
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002016 tftp down the same boot image concurrently. Note: the Ethernet
David Updegraff53a5c422007-06-11 10:41:07 -05002017 driver in use must provide a function: mcast() to join/leave a
2018 multicast group.
2019
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002020- BOOTP Recovery Mode:
2021 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY
2022
2023 If you have many targets in a network that try to
2024 boot using BOOTP, you may want to avoid that all
2025 systems send out BOOTP requests at precisely the same
2026 moment (which would happen for instance at recovery
2027 from a power failure, when all systems will try to
2028 boot, thus flooding the BOOTP server. Defining
2029 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY causes a random delay to be
2030 inserted before sending out BOOTP requests. The
Wolfgang Denk6c33c782007-08-06 23:21:05 +02002031 following delays are inserted then:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002032
2033 1st BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 1 sec
2034 2nd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 2 sec
2035 3rd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 4 sec
2036 4th and following
2037 BOOTP requests: delay 0 ... 8 sec
2038
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00002039- DHCP Advanced Options:
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05002040 You can fine tune the DHCP functionality by defining
2041 CONFIG_BOOTP_* symbols:
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00002042
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05002043 CONFIG_BOOTP_SUBNETMASK
2044 CONFIG_BOOTP_GATEWAY
2045 CONFIG_BOOTP_HOSTNAME
2046 CONFIG_BOOTP_NISDOMAIN
2047 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTPATH
2048 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTFILESIZE
2049 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
2050 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2
2051 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME
2052 CONFIG_BOOTP_NTPSERVER
2053 CONFIG_BOOTP_TIMEOFFSET
2054 CONFIG_BOOTP_VENDOREX
Joe Hershberger2c00e092012-05-23 07:59:19 +00002055 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00002056
Wilson Callan5d110f02007-07-28 10:56:13 -04002057 CONFIG_BOOTP_SERVERIP - TFTP server will be the serverip
2058 environment variable, not the BOOTP server.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00002059
Joe Hershberger2c00e092012-05-23 07:59:19 +00002060 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL - If the DHCP server is not found
2061 after the configured retry count, the call will fail
2062 instead of starting over. This can be used to fail over
2063 to Link-local IP address configuration if the DHCP server
2064 is not available.
2065
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00002066 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 - If a DHCP client requests the DNS
2067 serverip from a DHCP server, it is possible that more
2068 than one DNS serverip is offered to the client.
2069 If CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 is enabled, the secondary DNS
2070 serverip will be stored in the additional environment
2071 variable "dnsip2". The first DNS serverip is always
2072 stored in the variable "dnsip", when CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05002073 is defined.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00002074
2075 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME - Some DHCP servers are capable
2076 to do a dynamic update of a DNS server. To do this, they
2077 need the hostname of the DHCP requester.
Wilson Callan5d110f02007-07-28 10:56:13 -04002078 If CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME is defined, the content
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05002079 of the "hostname" environment variable is passed as
2080 option 12 to the DHCP server.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00002081
Aras Vaichasd9a2f412008-03-26 09:43:57 +11002082 CONFIG_BOOTP_DHCP_REQUEST_DELAY
2083
2084 A 32bit value in microseconds for a delay between
2085 receiving a "DHCP Offer" and sending the "DHCP Request".
2086 This fixes a problem with certain DHCP servers that don't
2087 respond 100% of the time to a "DHCP request". E.g. On an
2088 AT91RM9200 processor running at 180MHz, this delay needed
2089 to be *at least* 15,000 usec before a Windows Server 2003
2090 DHCP server would reply 100% of the time. I recommend at
2091 least 50,000 usec to be safe. The alternative is to hope
2092 that one of the retries will be successful but note that
2093 the DHCP timeout and retry process takes a longer than
2094 this delay.
2095
Joe Hershbergerd22c3382012-05-23 08:00:12 +00002096 - Link-local IP address negotiation:
2097 Negotiate with other link-local clients on the local network
2098 for an address that doesn't require explicit configuration.
2099 This is especially useful if a DHCP server cannot be guaranteed
2100 to exist in all environments that the device must operate.
2101
2102 See doc/README.link-local for more information.
2103
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00002104 - CDP Options:
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00002105 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00002106
2107 The device id used in CDP trigger frames.
2108
2109 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID_PREFIX
2110
2111 A two character string which is prefixed to the MAC address
2112 of the device.
2113
2114 CONFIG_CDP_PORT_ID
2115
2116 A printf format string which contains the ascii name of
2117 the port. Normally is set to "eth%d" which sets
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002118 eth0 for the first Ethernet, eth1 for the second etc.
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00002119
2120 CONFIG_CDP_CAPABILITIES
2121
2122 A 32bit integer which indicates the device capabilities;
2123 0x00000010 for a normal host which does not forwards.
2124
2125 CONFIG_CDP_VERSION
2126
2127 An ascii string containing the version of the software.
2128
2129 CONFIG_CDP_PLATFORM
2130
2131 An ascii string containing the name of the platform.
2132
2133 CONFIG_CDP_TRIGGER
2134
2135 A 32bit integer sent on the trigger.
2136
2137 CONFIG_CDP_POWER_CONSUMPTION
2138
2139 A 16bit integer containing the power consumption of the
2140 device in .1 of milliwatts.
2141
2142 CONFIG_CDP_APPLIANCE_VLAN_TYPE
2143
2144 A byte containing the id of the VLAN.
2145
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002146- Status LED: CONFIG_STATUS_LED
2147
2148 Several configurations allow to display the current
2149 status using a LED. For instance, the LED will blink
2150 fast while running U-Boot code, stop blinking as
2151 soon as a reply to a BOOTP request was received, and
2152 start blinking slow once the Linux kernel is running
2153 (supported by a status LED driver in the Linux
2154 kernel). Defining CONFIG_STATUS_LED enables this
2155 feature in U-Boot.
2156
Igor Grinberg1df7bbb2013-11-08 01:03:50 +02002157 Additional options:
2158
2159 CONFIG_GPIO_LED
2160 The status LED can be connected to a GPIO pin.
2161 In such cases, the gpio_led driver can be used as a
2162 status LED backend implementation. Define CONFIG_GPIO_LED
2163 to include the gpio_led driver in the U-Boot binary.
2164
Igor Grinberg9dfdcdf2013-11-08 01:03:52 +02002165 CONFIG_GPIO_LED_INVERTED_TABLE
2166 Some GPIO connected LEDs may have inverted polarity in which
2167 case the GPIO high value corresponds to LED off state and
2168 GPIO low value corresponds to LED on state.
2169 In such cases CONFIG_GPIO_LED_INVERTED_TABLE may be defined
2170 with a list of GPIO LEDs that have inverted polarity.
2171
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002172- CAN Support: CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER
2173
2174 Defining CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER enables CAN driver support
2175 on those systems that support this (optional)
2176 feature, like the TQM8xxL modules.
2177
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002178- I2C Support: CONFIG_SYS_I2C
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002179
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002180 This enable the NEW i2c subsystem, and will allow you to use
2181 i2c commands at the u-boot command line (as long as you set
2182 CONFIG_CMD_I2C in CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c
2183 based realtime clock chips or other i2c devices. See
2184 common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the command line
2185 interface.
2186
2187 ported i2c driver to the new framework:
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002188 - drivers/i2c/soft_i2c.c:
2189 - activate first bus with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT define
2190 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE
2191 for defining speed and slave address
2192 - activate second bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS2 define
2193 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_2 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_2
2194 for defining speed and slave address
2195 - activate third bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS3 define
2196 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_3 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_3
2197 for defining speed and slave address
2198 - activate fourth bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS4 define
2199 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_4 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_4
2200 for defining speed and slave address
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002201
Heiko Schocher00f792e2012-10-24 13:48:22 +02002202 - drivers/i2c/fsl_i2c.c:
2203 - activate i2c driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_FSL
2204 define CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_OFFSET for setting the register
2205 offset CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SPEED for the i2c speed and
2206 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SLAVE for the slave addr of the first
2207 bus.
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +02002208 - If your board supports a second fsl i2c bus, define
Heiko Schocher00f792e2012-10-24 13:48:22 +02002209 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_OFFSET for the register offset
2210 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SPEED for the speed and
2211 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SLAVE for the slave address of the
2212 second bus.
2213
Simon Glass1f2ba722012-10-30 07:28:53 +00002214 - drivers/i2c/tegra_i2c.c:
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu10cee512013-10-11 16:23:53 +09002215 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_TEGRA
2216 - This driver adds 4 i2c buses with a fix speed from
2217 100000 and the slave addr 0!
Simon Glass1f2ba722012-10-30 07:28:53 +00002218
Dirk Eibach880540d2013-04-25 02:40:01 +00002219 - drivers/i2c/ppc4xx_i2c.c
2220 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX
2221 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH0 activate hardware channel 0
2222 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH1 activate hardware channel 1
2223
tremfac96402013-09-21 18:13:35 +02002224 - drivers/i2c/i2c_mxc.c
2225 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC
2226 - define speed for bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C1_SPEED
2227 - define slave for bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C1_SLAVE
2228 - define speed for bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C2_SPEED
2229 - define slave for bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C2_SLAVE
2230 - define speed for bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C3_SPEED
2231 - define slave for bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C3_SLAVE
2232 If thoses defines are not set, default value is 100000
2233 for speed, and 0 for slave.
2234
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu1086bfa2013-09-27 16:58:30 +09002235 - drivers/i2c/rcar_i2c.c:
2236 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_RCAR
2237 - This driver adds 4 i2c buses
2238
2239 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C0_BASE for setting the register channel 0
2240 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C0_SPEED for for the speed channel 0
2241 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C1_BASE for setting the register channel 1
2242 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C1_SPEED for for the speed channel 1
2243 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C2_BASE for setting the register channel 2
2244 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C2_SPEED for for the speed channel 2
2245 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C3_BASE for setting the register channel 3
2246 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C3_SPEED for for the speed channel 3
2247 - CONFIF_SYS_RCAR_I2C_NUM_CONTROLLERS for number of i2c buses
2248
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu2035d772013-10-29 13:33:51 +09002249 - drivers/i2c/sh_i2c.c:
2250 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH
2251 - This driver adds from 2 to 5 i2c buses
2252
2253 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE0 for setting the register channel 0
2254 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED0 for for the speed channel 0
2255 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE1 for setting the register channel 1
2256 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED1 for for the speed channel 1
2257 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE2 for setting the register channel 2
2258 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED2 for for the speed channel 2
2259 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE3 for setting the register channel 3
2260 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED3 for for the speed channel 3
2261 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE4 for setting the register channel 4
2262 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED4 for for the speed channel 4
2263 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE5 for setting the register channel 5
2264 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED5 for for the speed channel 5
2265 - CONFIF_SYS_I2C_SH_NUM_CONTROLLERS for nummber of i2c buses
2266
Heiko Schocher6789e842013-10-22 11:03:18 +02002267 - drivers/i2c/omap24xx_i2c.c
2268 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_OMAP24XX
2269 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED speed channel 0
2270 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE slave addr channel 0
2271 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED1 speed channel 1
2272 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE1 slave addr channel 1
2273 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED2 speed channel 2
2274 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE2 slave addr channel 2
2275 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED3 speed channel 3
2276 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE3 slave addr channel 3
2277 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED4 speed channel 4
2278 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE4 slave addr channel 4
2279
Heiko Schocher0bdffe72013-11-08 07:30:53 +01002280 - drivers/i2c/zynq_i2c.c
2281 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ
2282 - set CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ_SPEED for speed setting
2283 - set CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ_SLAVE for slave addr
2284
Naveen Krishna Che717fc62013-12-06 12:12:38 +05302285 - drivers/i2c/s3c24x0_i2c.c:
2286 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_S3C24X0
2287 - This driver adds i2c buses (11 for Exynos5250, Exynos5420
2288 9 i2c buses for Exynos4 and 1 for S3C24X0 SoCs from Samsung)
2289 with a fix speed from 100000 and the slave addr 0!
2290
Dirk Eibachb46226b2014-07-03 09:28:18 +02002291 - drivers/i2c/ihs_i2c.c
2292 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS
2293 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH0 activate hardware channel 0
2294 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_0 speed channel 0
2295 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_0 slave addr channel 0
2296 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH1 activate hardware channel 1
2297 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_1 speed channel 1
2298 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_1 slave addr channel 1
2299 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH2 activate hardware channel 2
2300 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_2 speed channel 2
2301 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_2 slave addr channel 2
2302 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH3 activate hardware channel 3
2303 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_3 speed channel 3
2304 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_3 slave addr channel 3
2305
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002306 additional defines:
2307
2308 CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES
2309 Hold the number of i2c busses you want to use. If you
2310 don't use/have i2c muxes on your i2c bus, this
2311 is equal to CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_ADAPTERS, and you can
2312 omit this define.
2313
2314 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS
2315 define this, if you don't use i2c muxes on your hardware.
2316 if CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS is not defined or == 0 you can
2317 omit this define.
2318
2319 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS
2320 define how many muxes are maximal consecutively connected
2321 on one i2c bus. If you not use i2c muxes, omit this
2322 define.
2323
2324 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES
2325 hold a list of busses you want to use, only used if
2326 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS is not defined, for example
2327 a board with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS = 1 and
2328 CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES = 9:
2329
2330 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES {{0, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \
2331 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 1}}}, \
2332 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 2}}}, \
2333 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 3}}}, \
2334 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 4}}}, \
2335 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 5}}}, \
2336 {1, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \
2337 {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 1}}}, \
2338 {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 2}}}, \
2339 }
2340
2341 which defines
2342 bus 0 on adapter 0 without a mux
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002343 bus 1 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 1
2344 bus 2 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 2
2345 bus 3 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 3
2346 bus 4 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 4
2347 bus 5 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 5
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002348 bus 6 on adapter 1 without a mux
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002349 bus 7 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 1
2350 bus 8 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 2
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002351
2352 If you do not have i2c muxes on your board, omit this define.
2353
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002354- Legacy I2C Support: CONFIG_HARD_I2C
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002355
2356 NOTE: It is intended to move drivers to CONFIG_SYS_I2C which
2357 provides the following compelling advantages:
2358
2359 - more than one i2c adapter is usable
2360 - approved multibus support
2361 - better i2c mux support
2362
2363 ** Please consider updating your I2C driver now. **
2364
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002365 These enable legacy I2C serial bus commands. Defining
2366 CONFIG_HARD_I2C will include the appropriate I2C driver
2367 for the selected CPU.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002368
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002369 This will allow you to use i2c commands at the u-boot
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05002370 command line (as long as you set CONFIG_CMD_I2C in
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002371 CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c based realtime
2372 clock chips. See common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002373 command line interface.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002374
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002375 CONFIG_HARD_I2C selects a hardware I2C controller.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002376
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002377 There are several other quantities that must also be
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002378 defined when you define CONFIG_HARD_I2C.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002379
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002380 In both cases you will need to define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SPEED
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002381 to be the frequency (in Hz) at which you wish your i2c bus
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002382 to run and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to be the address of this node (ie
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002383 the CPU's i2c node address).
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002384
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -05002385 Now, the u-boot i2c code for the mpc8xx
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02002386 (arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8xx/i2c.c) sets the CPU up as a master node
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -05002387 and so its address should therefore be cleared to 0 (See,
2388 eg, MPC823e User's Manual p.16-473). So, set
2389 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to 0.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002390
Eric Millbrandt5da71ef2009-09-03 08:09:44 -05002391 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_MPC5XXX
2392
2393 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
2394 chips might think that the current transfer is still
2395 in progress. Reset the slave devices by sending start
2396 commands until the slave device responds.
2397
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002398 That's all that's required for CONFIG_HARD_I2C.
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002399
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002400 If you use the software i2c interface (CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT)
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002401 then the following macros need to be defined (examples are
2402 from include/configs/lwmon.h):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002403
2404 I2C_INIT
2405
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002406 (Optional). Any commands necessary to enable the I2C
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002407 controller or configure ports.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002408
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002409 eg: #define I2C_INIT (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SCL)
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002410
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002411 I2C_PORT
2412
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002413 (Only for MPC8260 CPU). The I/O port to use (the code
2414 assumes both bits are on the same port). Valid values
2415 are 0..3 for ports A..D.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002416
2417 I2C_ACTIVE
2418
2419 The code necessary to make the I2C data line active
2420 (driven). If the data line is open collector, this
2421 define can be null.
2422
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002423 eg: #define I2C_ACTIVE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SDA)
2424
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002425 I2C_TRISTATE
2426
2427 The code necessary to make the I2C data line tri-stated
2428 (inactive). If the data line is open collector, this
2429 define can be null.
2430
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002431 eg: #define I2C_TRISTATE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir &= ~PB_SDA)
2432
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002433 I2C_READ
2434
York Sun472d5462013-04-01 11:29:11 -07002435 Code that returns true if the I2C data line is high,
2436 false if it is low.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002437
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002438 eg: #define I2C_READ ((immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat & PB_SDA) != 0)
2439
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002440 I2C_SDA(bit)
2441
York Sun472d5462013-04-01 11:29:11 -07002442 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C data line high. If it
2443 is false, it clears it (low).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002444
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002445 eg: #define I2C_SDA(bit) \
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00002446 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SDA; \
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002447 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SDA
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002448
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002449 I2C_SCL(bit)
2450
York Sun472d5462013-04-01 11:29:11 -07002451 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C clock line high. If it
2452 is false, it clears it (low).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002453
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002454 eg: #define I2C_SCL(bit) \
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00002455 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SCL; \
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002456 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SCL
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002457
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002458 I2C_DELAY
2459
2460 This delay is invoked four times per clock cycle so this
2461 controls the rate of data transfer. The data rate thus
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002462 is 1 / (I2C_DELAY * 4). Often defined to be something
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002463 like:
2464
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002465 #define I2C_DELAY udelay(2)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002466
Mike Frysinger793b5722010-07-21 13:38:02 -04002467 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SCL / CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SDA
2468
2469 If your arch supports the generic GPIO framework (asm/gpio.h),
2470 then you may alternatively define the two GPIOs that are to be
2471 used as SCL / SDA. Any of the previous I2C_xxx macros will
2472 have GPIO-based defaults assigned to them as appropriate.
2473
2474 You should define these to the GPIO value as given directly to
2475 the generic GPIO functions.
2476
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002477 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002478
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002479 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
2480 chips might think that the current transfer is still
2481 in progress. On some boards it is possible to access
2482 the i2c SCLK line directly, either by using the
2483 processor pin as a GPIO or by having a second pin
2484 connected to the bus. If this option is defined a
2485 custom i2c_init_board() routine in boards/xxx/board.c
2486 is run early in the boot sequence.
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002487
Richard Retanubun26a33502010-04-12 15:08:17 -04002488 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BOARD_LATE_INIT
2489
2490 An alternative to CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD. If this option is
2491 defined a custom i2c_board_late_init() routine in
2492 boards/xxx/board.c is run AFTER the operations in i2c_init()
2493 is completed. This callpoint can be used to unreset i2c bus
2494 using CPU i2c controller register accesses for CPUs whose i2c
2495 controller provide such a method. It is called at the end of
2496 i2c_init() to allow i2c_init operations to setup the i2c bus
2497 controller on the CPU (e.g. setting bus speed & slave address).
2498
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00002499 CONFIG_I2CFAST (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
2500
2501 This option enables configuration of bi_iic_fast[] flags
2502 in u-boot bd_info structure based on u-boot environment
2503 variable "i2cfast". (see also i2cfast)
2504
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002505 CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
2506
2507 This option allows the use of multiple I2C buses, each of which
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002508 must have a controller. At any point in time, only one bus is
2509 active. To switch to a different bus, use the 'i2c dev' command.
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002510 Note that bus numbering is zero-based.
2511
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002512 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002513
2514 This option specifies a list of I2C devices that will be skipped
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002515 when the 'i2c probe' command is issued. If CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Peter Tyser0f89c542009-04-18 22:34:03 -05002516 is set, specify a list of bus-device pairs. Otherwise, specify
2517 a 1D array of device addresses
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002518
2519 e.g.
2520 #undef CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002521 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES {0x50,0x68}
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002522
2523 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on a board with one I2C bus
2524
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002525 #define CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002526 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MULTI_NOPROBES {{0,0x50},{0,0x68},{1,0x54}}
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002527
2528 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on bus 0 and address 0x54 on bus 1
2529
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002530 CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Timur Tabibe5e6182006-11-03 19:15:00 -06002531
2532 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for DDR SPD.
2533 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that SPD is on I2C bus 0.
2534
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002535 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_BUS_NUM
Stefan Roese0dc018e2007-02-20 10:51:26 +01002536
2537 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the RTC.
2538 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that RTC is on I2C bus 0.
2539
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002540 CONFIG_SYS_DTT_BUS_NUM
Stefan Roese0dc018e2007-02-20 10:51:26 +01002541
2542 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the DTT.
2543 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that DTT is on I2C bus 0.
2544
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002545 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DTT_ADDR:
Victor Gallardo9ebbb542008-09-09 15:13:29 -07002546
2547 If defined, specifies the I2C address of the DTT device.
2548 If not defined, then U-Boot uses predefined value for
2549 specified DTT device.
2550
Andrew Dyer2ac69852008-12-29 17:36:01 -06002551 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_READ_REPEATED_START
2552
2553 defining this will force the i2c_read() function in
2554 the soft_i2c driver to perform an I2C repeated start
2555 between writing the address pointer and reading the
2556 data. If this define is omitted the default behaviour
2557 of doing a stop-start sequence will be used. Most I2C
2558 devices can use either method, but some require one or
2559 the other.
Timur Tabibe5e6182006-11-03 19:15:00 -06002560
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002561- SPI Support: CONFIG_SPI
2562
2563 Enables SPI driver (so far only tested with
2564 SPI EEPROM, also an instance works with Crystal A/D and
2565 D/As on the SACSng board)
2566
Yoshihiro Shimoda66395622011-01-31 16:50:43 +09002567 CONFIG_SH_SPI
2568
2569 Enables the driver for SPI controller on SuperH. Currently
2570 only SH7757 is supported.
2571
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002572 CONFIG_SPI_X
2573
2574 Enables extended (16-bit) SPI EEPROM addressing.
2575 (symmetrical to CONFIG_I2C_X)
2576
2577 CONFIG_SOFT_SPI
2578
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002579 Enables a software (bit-bang) SPI driver rather than
2580 using hardware support. This is a general purpose
2581 driver that only requires three general I/O port pins
2582 (two outputs, one input) to function. If this is
2583 defined, the board configuration must define several
2584 SPI configuration items (port pins to use, etc). For
2585 an example, see include/configs/sacsng.h.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002586
Ben Warren04a9e112008-01-16 22:37:35 -05002587 CONFIG_HARD_SPI
2588
2589 Enables a hardware SPI driver for general-purpose reads
2590 and writes. As with CONFIG_SOFT_SPI, the board configuration
2591 must define a list of chip-select function pointers.
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002592 Currently supported on some MPC8xxx processors. For an
Ben Warren04a9e112008-01-16 22:37:35 -05002593 example, see include/configs/mpc8349emds.h.
2594
Guennadi Liakhovetski38254f42008-04-15 14:14:25 +02002595 CONFIG_MXC_SPI
2596
2597 Enables the driver for the SPI controllers on i.MX and MXC
Fabio Estevam2e3cd1c2011-10-28 08:57:46 +00002598 SoCs. Currently i.MX31/35/51 are supported.
Guennadi Liakhovetski38254f42008-04-15 14:14:25 +02002599
Heiko Schocherf659b572014-07-14 10:22:11 +02002600 CONFIG_SYS_SPI_MXC_WAIT
2601 Timeout for waiting until spi transfer completed.
2602 default: (CONFIG_SYS_HZ/100) /* 10 ms */
2603
Matthias Fuchs01335022007-12-27 17:12:34 +01002604- FPGA Support: CONFIG_FPGA
2605
2606 Enables FPGA subsystem.
2607
2608 CONFIG_FPGA_<vendor>
2609
2610 Enables support for specific chip vendors.
2611 (ALTERA, XILINX)
2612
2613 CONFIG_FPGA_<family>
2614
2615 Enables support for FPGA family.
2616 (SPARTAN2, SPARTAN3, VIRTEX2, CYCLONE2, ACEX1K, ACEX)
2617
2618 CONFIG_FPGA_COUNT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002619
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002620 Specify the number of FPGA devices to support.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002621
Siva Durga Prasad Paladugu64e809a2014-03-14 16:35:38 +05302622 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA_LOADMK
2623
2624 Enable support for fpga loadmk command
2625
Michal Simek67193862014-05-02 13:43:39 +02002626 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA_LOADP
2627
2628 Enable support for fpga loadp command - load partial bitstream
2629
2630 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA_LOADBP
2631
2632 Enable support for fpga loadbp command - load partial bitstream
2633 (Xilinx only)
2634
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002635 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_PROG_FEEDBACK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002636
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002637 Enable printing of hash marks during FPGA configuration.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002638
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002639 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002640
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002641 Enable checks on FPGA configuration interface busy
2642 status by the configuration function. This option
2643 will require a board or device specific function to
2644 be written.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002645
2646 CONFIG_FPGA_DELAY
2647
2648 If defined, a function that provides delays in the FPGA
2649 configuration driver.
2650
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002651 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_CTRLC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002652 Allow Control-C to interrupt FPGA configuration
2653
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002654 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_ERROR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002655
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002656 Check for configuration errors during FPGA bitfile
2657 loading. For example, abort during Virtex II
2658 configuration if the INIT_B line goes low (which
2659 indicated a CRC error).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002660
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002661 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_INIT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002662
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002663 Maximum time to wait for the INIT_B line to deassert
2664 after PROB_B has been deasserted during a Virtex II
2665 FPGA configuration sequence. The default time is 500
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002666 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002667
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002668 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002669
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002670 Maximum time to wait for BUSY to deassert during
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002671 Virtex II FPGA configuration. The default is 5 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002672
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002673 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_CONFIG
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002674
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002675 Time to wait after FPGA configuration. The default is
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002676 200 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002677
2678- Configuration Management:
2679 CONFIG_IDENT_STRING
2680
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002681 If defined, this string will be added to the U-Boot
2682 version information (U_BOOT_VERSION)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002683
2684- Vendor Parameter Protection:
2685
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002686 U-Boot considers the values of the environment
2687 variables "serial#" (Board Serial Number) and
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002688 "ethaddr" (Ethernet Address) to be parameters that
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002689 are set once by the board vendor / manufacturer, and
2690 protects these variables from casual modification by
2691 the user. Once set, these variables are read-only,
2692 and write or delete attempts are rejected. You can
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002693 change this behaviour:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002694
2695 If CONFIG_ENV_OVERWRITE is #defined in your config
2696 file, the write protection for vendor parameters is
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002697 completely disabled. Anybody can change or delete
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002698 these parameters.
2699
2700 Alternatively, if you #define _both_ CONFIG_ETHADDR
2701 _and_ CONFIG_OVERWRITE_ETHADDR_ONCE, a default
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002702 Ethernet address is installed in the environment,
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002703 which can be changed exactly ONCE by the user. [The
2704 serial# is unaffected by this, i. e. it remains
2705 read-only.]
2706
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06002707 The same can be accomplished in a more flexible way
2708 for any variable by configuring the type of access
2709 to allow for those variables in the ".flags" variable
2710 or define CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC.
2711
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002712- Protected RAM:
2713 CONFIG_PRAM
2714
2715 Define this variable to enable the reservation of
2716 "protected RAM", i. e. RAM which is not overwritten
2717 by U-Boot. Define CONFIG_PRAM to hold the number of
2718 kB you want to reserve for pRAM. You can overwrite
2719 this default value by defining an environment
2720 variable "pram" to the number of kB you want to
2721 reserve. Note that the board info structure will
2722 still show the full amount of RAM. If pRAM is
2723 reserved, a new environment variable "mem" will
2724 automatically be defined to hold the amount of
2725 remaining RAM in a form that can be passed as boot
2726 argument to Linux, for instance like that:
2727
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01002728 setenv bootargs ... mem=\${mem}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002729 saveenv
2730
2731 This way you can tell Linux not to use this memory,
2732 either, which results in a memory region that will
2733 not be affected by reboots.
2734
2735 *WARNING* If your board configuration uses automatic
2736 detection of the RAM size, you must make sure that
2737 this memory test is non-destructive. So far, the
2738 following board configurations are known to be
2739 "pRAM-clean":
2740
Wolfgang Denk1b0757e2012-10-24 02:36:15 +00002741 IVMS8, IVML24, SPD8xx, TQM8xxL,
2742 HERMES, IP860, RPXlite, LWMON,
Wolfgang Denk544d97e2010-10-05 22:54:53 +02002743 FLAGADM, TQM8260
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002744
Gabe Black40fef042012-12-02 04:55:18 +00002745- Access to physical memory region (> 4GB)
2746 Some basic support is provided for operations on memory not
2747 normally accessible to U-Boot - e.g. some architectures
2748 support access to more than 4GB of memory on 32-bit
2749 machines using physical address extension or similar.
2750 Define CONFIG_PHYSMEM to access this basic support, which
2751 currently only supports clearing the memory.
2752
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002753- Error Recovery:
2754 CONFIG_PANIC_HANG
2755
2756 Define this variable to stop the system in case of a
2757 fatal error, so that you have to reset it manually.
2758 This is probably NOT a good idea for an embedded
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002759 system where you want the system to reboot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002760 automatically as fast as possible, but it may be
2761 useful during development since you can try to debug
2762 the conditions that lead to the situation.
2763
2764 CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT
2765
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002766 This variable defines the number of retries for
2767 network operations like ARP, RARP, TFTP, or BOOTP
2768 before giving up the operation. If not defined, a
2769 default value of 5 is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002770
Guennadi Liakhovetski40cb90e2008-04-03 17:04:19 +02002771 CONFIG_ARP_TIMEOUT
2772
2773 Timeout waiting for an ARP reply in milliseconds.
2774
Tetsuyuki Kobayashi48a3e992012-07-03 22:25:21 +00002775 CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT
2776
2777 Timeout in milliseconds used in NFS protocol.
2778 If you encounter "ERROR: Cannot umount" in nfs command,
2779 try longer timeout such as
2780 #define CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT 10000UL
2781
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002782- Command Interpreter:
Wolfgang Denk8078f1a2006-10-28 02:28:02 +02002783 CONFIG_AUTO_COMPLETE
wdenk04a85b32004-04-15 18:22:41 +00002784
2785 Enable auto completion of commands using TAB.
2786
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01002787 Note that this feature has NOT been implemented yet
2788 for the "hush" shell.
Wolfgang Denk8078f1a2006-10-28 02:28:02 +02002789
2790
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002791 CONFIG_SYS_HUSH_PARSER
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002792
2793 Define this variable to enable the "hush" shell (from
2794 Busybox) as command line interpreter, thus enabling
2795 powerful command line syntax like
2796 if...then...else...fi conditionals or `&&' and '||'
2797 constructs ("shell scripts").
2798
2799 If undefined, you get the old, much simpler behaviour
2800 with a somewhat smaller memory footprint.
2801
2802
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002803 CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT_HUSH_PS2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002804
2805 This defines the secondary prompt string, which is
2806 printed when the command interpreter needs more input
2807 to complete a command. Usually "> ".
2808
2809 Note:
2810
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002811 In the current implementation, the local variables
2812 space and global environment variables space are
2813 separated. Local variables are those you define by
2814 simply typing `name=value'. To access a local
2815 variable later on, you have write `$name' or
2816 `${name}'; to execute the contents of a variable
2817 directly type `$name' at the command prompt.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002818
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002819 Global environment variables are those you use
2820 setenv/printenv to work with. To run a command stored
2821 in such a variable, you need to use the run command,
2822 and you must not use the '$' sign to access them.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002823
2824 To store commands and special characters in a
2825 variable, please use double quotation marks
2826 surrounding the whole text of the variable, instead
2827 of the backslashes before semicolons and special
2828 symbols.
2829
Wolfgang Denkaa0c71a2006-07-21 11:35:21 +02002830- Commandline Editing and History:
2831 CONFIG_CMDLINE_EDITING
2832
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002833 Enable editing and History functions for interactive
Wolfgang Denkb9365a22006-07-21 11:56:05 +02002834 commandline input operations
Wolfgang Denkaa0c71a2006-07-21 11:35:21 +02002835
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002836- Default Environment:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002837 CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS
2838
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002839 Define this to contain any number of null terminated
2840 strings (variable = value pairs) that will be part of
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002841 the default environment compiled into the boot image.
wdenk2262cfe2002-11-18 00:14:45 +00002842
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002843 For example, place something like this in your
2844 board's config file:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002845
2846 #define CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS \
2847 "myvar1=value1\0" \
2848 "myvar2=value2\0"
2849
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002850 Warning: This method is based on knowledge about the
2851 internal format how the environment is stored by the
2852 U-Boot code. This is NOT an official, exported
2853 interface! Although it is unlikely that this format
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002854 will change soon, there is no guarantee either.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002855 You better know what you are doing here.
2856
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002857 Note: overly (ab)use of the default environment is
2858 discouraged. Make sure to check other ways to preset
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02002859 the environment like the "source" command or the
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002860 boot command first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002861
Stephen Warren5e724ca2012-05-22 09:21:54 +00002862 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_CONFIG
2863
2864 Define this in order to add variables describing the
2865 U-Boot build configuration to the default environment.
2866 These will be named arch, cpu, board, vendor, and soc.
2867
2868 Enabling this option will cause the following to be defined:
2869
2870 - CONFIG_SYS_ARCH
2871 - CONFIG_SYS_CPU
2872 - CONFIG_SYS_BOARD
2873 - CONFIG_SYS_VENDOR
2874 - CONFIG_SYS_SOC
2875
Tom Rini7e27f892012-10-24 07:28:16 +00002876 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_RUNTIME_CONFIG
2877
2878 Define this in order to add variables describing certain
2879 run-time determined information about the hardware to the
2880 environment. These will be named board_name, board_rev.
2881
Simon Glass06fd8532012-11-30 13:01:17 +00002882 CONFIG_DELAY_ENVIRONMENT
2883
2884 Normally the environment is loaded when the board is
2885 intialised so that it is available to U-Boot. This inhibits
2886 that so that the environment is not available until
2887 explicitly loaded later by U-Boot code. With CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
2888 this is instead controlled by the value of
2889 /config/load-environment.
2890
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002891- DataFlash Support:
wdenk2abbe072003-06-16 23:50:08 +00002892 CONFIG_HAS_DATAFLASH
2893
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002894 Defining this option enables DataFlash features and
2895 allows to read/write in Dataflash via the standard
2896 commands cp, md...
wdenk2abbe072003-06-16 23:50:08 +00002897
Eric Nelsonf61ec452012-01-31 10:52:08 -07002898- Serial Flash support
2899 CONFIG_CMD_SF
2900
2901 Defining this option enables SPI flash commands
2902 'sf probe/read/write/erase/update'.
2903
2904 Usage requires an initial 'probe' to define the serial
2905 flash parameters, followed by read/write/erase/update
2906 commands.
2907
2908 The following defaults may be provided by the platform
2909 to handle the common case when only a single serial
2910 flash is present on the system.
2911
2912 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_BUS Bus identifier
2913 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_CS Chip-select
2914 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_MODE (see include/spi.h)
2915 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_SPEED in Hz
2916
Simon Glass24007272012-10-08 13:16:02 +00002917 CONFIG_CMD_SF_TEST
2918
2919 Define this option to include a destructive SPI flash
2920 test ('sf test').
2921
Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki1dcd6d02013-06-19 15:33:58 +05302922 CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_BAR Ban/Extended Addr Reg
2923
2924 Define this option to use the Bank addr/Extended addr
2925 support on SPI flashes which has size > 16Mbytes.
2926
Jagannadha Sutradharudu Tekib902e072014-01-11 15:25:04 +05302927 CONFIG_SF_DUAL_FLASH Dual flash memories
2928
2929 Define this option to use dual flash support where two flash
2930 memories can be connected with a given cs line.
2931 currently Xilinx Zynq qspi support these type of connections.
2932
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002933- SystemACE Support:
2934 CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
2935
2936 Adding this option adds support for Xilinx SystemACE
2937 chips attached via some sort of local bus. The address
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002938 of the chip must also be defined in the
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002939 CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE macro. For example:
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002940
2941 #define CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002942 #define CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE 0xf0000000
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002943
2944 When SystemACE support is added, the "ace" device type
2945 becomes available to the fat commands, i.e. fatls.
2946
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002947- TFTP Fixed UDP Port:
2948 CONFIG_TFTP_PORT
2949
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002950 If this is defined, the environment variable tftpsrcp
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002951 is used to supply the TFTP UDP source port value.
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002952 If tftpsrcp isn't defined, the normal pseudo-random port
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002953 number generator is used.
2954
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002955 Also, the environment variable tftpdstp is used to supply
2956 the TFTP UDP destination port value. If tftpdstp isn't
2957 defined, the normal port 69 is used.
2958
2959 The purpose for tftpsrcp is to allow a TFTP server to
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002960 blindly start the TFTP transfer using the pre-configured
2961 target IP address and UDP port. This has the effect of
2962 "punching through" the (Windows XP) firewall, allowing
2963 the remainder of the TFTP transfer to proceed normally.
2964 A better solution is to properly configure the firewall,
2965 but sometimes that is not allowed.
2966
Simon Glassbf36c5d2012-12-05 14:46:38 +00002967- Hashing support:
2968 CONFIG_CMD_HASH
2969
2970 This enables a generic 'hash' command which can produce
2971 hashes / digests from a few algorithms (e.g. SHA1, SHA256).
2972
2973 CONFIG_HASH_VERIFY
2974
2975 Enable the hash verify command (hash -v). This adds to code
2976 size a little.
2977
2978 CONFIG_SHA1 - support SHA1 hashing
2979 CONFIG_SHA256 - support SHA256 hashing
2980
2981 Note: There is also a sha1sum command, which should perhaps
2982 be deprecated in favour of 'hash sha1'.
2983
Robert Winklera11f1872013-07-24 17:57:06 -07002984- Freescale i.MX specific commands:
2985 CONFIG_CMD_HDMIDETECT
2986 This enables 'hdmidet' command which returns true if an
2987 HDMI monitor is detected. This command is i.MX 6 specific.
2988
2989 CONFIG_CMD_BMODE
2990 This enables the 'bmode' (bootmode) command for forcing
2991 a boot from specific media.
2992
2993 This is useful for forcing the ROM's usb downloader to
2994 activate upon a watchdog reset which is nice when iterating
2995 on U-Boot. Using the reset button or running bmode normal
2996 will set it back to normal. This command currently
2997 supports i.MX53 and i.MX6.
2998
Simon Glass19c402a2013-06-13 15:10:02 -07002999- Signing support:
3000 CONFIG_RSA
3001
3002 This enables the RSA algorithm used for FIT image verification
Detlev Zundel8bf2aad2014-01-20 16:21:46 +01003003 in U-Boot. See doc/uImage.FIT/signature.txt for more information.
Simon Glass19c402a2013-06-13 15:10:02 -07003004
3005 The signing part is build into mkimage regardless of this
3006 option.
3007
Heiko Schocher9e50c402014-01-25 07:27:13 +01003008- bootcount support:
3009 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_LIMIT
3010
3011 This enables the bootcounter support, see:
3012 http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/UBootBootCountLimit
3013
3014 CONFIG_AT91SAM9XE
3015 enable special bootcounter support on at91sam9xe based boards.
3016 CONFIG_BLACKFIN
3017 enable special bootcounter support on blackfin based boards.
3018 CONFIG_SOC_DA8XX
3019 enable special bootcounter support on da850 based boards.
3020 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_RAM
3021 enable support for the bootcounter in RAM
3022 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_I2C
3023 enable support for the bootcounter on an i2c (like RTC) device.
3024 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_RTC_ADDR = i2c chip address
3025 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTCOUNT_ADDR = i2c addr which is used for
3026 the bootcounter.
3027 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_ALEN = address len
Simon Glass19c402a2013-06-13 15:10:02 -07003028
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00003029- Show boot progress:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003030 CONFIG_SHOW_BOOT_PROGRESS
3031
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003032 Defining this option allows to add some board-
3033 specific code (calling a user-provided function
3034 "show_boot_progress(int)") that enables you to show
3035 the system's boot progress on some display (for
3036 example, some LED's) on your board. At the moment,
3037 the following checkpoints are implemented:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003038
Simon Glass3a608ca2012-02-13 13:51:19 +00003039- Detailed boot stage timing
3040 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE
3041 Define this option to get detailed timing of each stage
3042 of the boot process.
3043
3044 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_USER_COUNT
3045 This is the number of available user bootstage records.
3046 Each time you call bootstage_mark(BOOTSTAGE_ID_ALLOC, ...)
3047 a new ID will be allocated from this stash. If you exceed
3048 the limit, recording will stop.
3049
3050 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_REPORT
3051 Define this to print a report before boot, similar to this:
3052
3053 Timer summary in microseconds:
3054 Mark Elapsed Stage
3055 0 0 reset
3056 3,575,678 3,575,678 board_init_f start
3057 3,575,695 17 arch_cpu_init A9
3058 3,575,777 82 arch_cpu_init done
3059 3,659,598 83,821 board_init_r start
3060 3,910,375 250,777 main_loop
3061 29,916,167 26,005,792 bootm_start
3062 30,361,327 445,160 start_kernel
3063
Simon Glass2eba38c2012-09-28 08:56:39 +00003064 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTSTAGE
3065 Add a 'bootstage' command which supports printing a report
3066 and un/stashing of bootstage data.
3067
Simon Glass94fd1312012-09-28 08:56:37 +00003068 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_FDT
3069 Stash the bootstage information in the FDT. A root 'bootstage'
3070 node is created with each bootstage id as a child. Each child
3071 has a 'name' property and either 'mark' containing the
3072 mark time in microsecond, or 'accum' containing the
3073 accumulated time for that bootstage id in microseconds.
3074 For example:
3075
3076 bootstage {
3077 154 {
3078 name = "board_init_f";
3079 mark = <3575678>;
3080 };
3081 170 {
3082 name = "lcd";
3083 accum = <33482>;
3084 };
3085 };
3086
3087 Code in the Linux kernel can find this in /proc/devicetree.
3088
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003089Legacy uImage format:
3090
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003091 Arg Where When
3092 1 common/cmd_bootm.c before attempting to boot an image
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00003093 -1 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad magic number
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003094 2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct magic number
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00003095 -2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003096 3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct checksum
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00003097 -3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003098 4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has correct checksum
3099 -4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image is for unsupported architecture
3100 5 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003101 -5 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong Image Type (not kernel, multi)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003102 6 common/cmd_bootm.c Image Type check OK
3103 -6 common/cmd_bootm.c gunzip uncompression error
3104 -7 common/cmd_bootm.c Unimplemented compression type
3105 7 common/cmd_bootm.c Uncompression OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003106 8 common/cmd_bootm.c No uncompress/copy overwrite error
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003107 -9 common/cmd_bootm.c Unsupported OS (not Linux, BSD, VxWorks, QNX)
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003108
3109 9 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
3110 -10 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad magic number
3111 -11 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad checksum
3112 10 common/image.c Ramdisk header is OK
3113 -12 common/image.c Ramdisk data has bad checksum
3114 11 common/image.c Ramdisk data has correct checksum
3115 12 common/image.c Ramdisk verification complete, start loading
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003116 -13 common/image.c Wrong Image Type (not PPC Linux ramdisk)
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003117 13 common/image.c Start multifile image verification
3118 14 common/image.c No initial ramdisk, no multifile, continue.
3119
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003120 15 arch/<arch>/lib/bootm.c All preparation done, transferring control to OS
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003121
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02003122 -30 arch/powerpc/lib/board.c Fatal error, hang the system
wdenk11dadd542004-02-27 00:07:27 +00003123 -31 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_output_backlog()
3124 -32 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_run_single()
wdenk63e73c92004-02-23 22:22:28 +00003125
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003126 34 common/cmd_doc.c before loading a Image from a DOC device
3127 -35 common/cmd_doc.c Bad usage of "doc" command
3128 35 common/cmd_doc.c correct usage of "doc" command
3129 -36 common/cmd_doc.c No boot device
3130 36 common/cmd_doc.c correct boot device
3131 -37 common/cmd_doc.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
3132 37 common/cmd_doc.c correct chip ID found, device available
3133 -38 common/cmd_doc.c Read Error on boot device
3134 38 common/cmd_doc.c reading Image header from DOC device OK
3135 -39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has bad magic number
3136 39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
3137 -40 common/cmd_doc.c Error reading Image from DOC device
3138 40 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
3139 41 common/cmd_ide.c before loading a Image from a IDE device
3140 -42 common/cmd_ide.c Bad usage of "ide" command
3141 42 common/cmd_ide.c correct usage of "ide" command
3142 -43 common/cmd_ide.c No boot device
3143 43 common/cmd_ide.c boot device found
3144 -44 common/cmd_ide.c Device not available
3145 44 common/cmd_ide.c Device available
3146 -45 common/cmd_ide.c wrong partition selected
3147 45 common/cmd_ide.c partition selected
3148 -46 common/cmd_ide.c Unknown partition table
3149 46 common/cmd_ide.c valid partition table found
3150 -47 common/cmd_ide.c Invalid partition type
3151 47 common/cmd_ide.c correct partition type
3152 -48 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
3153 48 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image Header from IDE device OK
3154 -49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad magic number
3155 49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct magic number
3156 -50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad checksum
3157 50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct checksum
3158 -51 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image from IDE device
3159 51 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image from IDE device OK
3160 52 common/cmd_nand.c before loading a Image from a NAND device
3161 -53 common/cmd_nand.c Bad usage of "nand" command
3162 53 common/cmd_nand.c correct usage of "nand" command
3163 -54 common/cmd_nand.c No boot device
3164 54 common/cmd_nand.c boot device found
3165 -55 common/cmd_nand.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
3166 55 common/cmd_nand.c correct chip ID found, device available
3167 -56 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
3168 56 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image Header from NAND device OK
3169 -57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has bad magic number
3170 57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has correct magic number
3171 -58 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image from NAND device
3172 58 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image from NAND device OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003173
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003174 -60 common/env_common.c Environment has a bad CRC, using default
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003175
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003176 64 net/eth.c starting with Ethernet configuration.
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003177 -64 net/eth.c no Ethernet found.
3178 65 net/eth.c Ethernet found.
wdenk206c60c2003-09-18 10:02:25 +00003179
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003180 -80 common/cmd_net.c usage wrong
3181 80 common/cmd_net.c before calling NetLoop()
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003182 -81 common/cmd_net.c some error in NetLoop() occurred
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003183 81 common/cmd_net.c NetLoop() back without error
3184 -82 common/cmd_net.c size == 0 (File with size 0 loaded)
3185 82 common/cmd_net.c trying automatic boot
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02003186 83 common/cmd_net.c running "source" command
3187 -83 common/cmd_net.c some error in automatic boot or "source" command
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003188 84 common/cmd_net.c end without errors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003189
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003190FIT uImage format:
3191
3192 Arg Where When
3193 100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has correct format
3194 -100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has incorrect format
3195 101 common/cmd_bootm.c No Kernel subimage unit name, using configuration
3196 -101 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get configuration for kernel subimage
3197 102 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel unit name specified
3198 -103 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage node offset
Marian Balakowiczf773bea2008-03-12 10:35:46 +01003199 103 common/cmd_bootm.c Found configuration node
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003200 104 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage node offset
3201 -104 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification failed
3202 105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification OK
3203 -105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage is for unsupported architecture
3204 106 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003205 -106 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage has wrong type
3206 107 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage type OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003207 -107 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage data/size
3208 108 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage data/size
3209 -108 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong image type (not legacy, FIT)
3210 -109 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage type
3211 -110 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage comp
3212 -111 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage os
3213 -112 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage load address
3214 -113 common/cmd_bootm.c Image uncompress/copy overwrite error
3215
3216 120 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
3217 -120 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has incorrect format
3218 121 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has correct format
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003219 122 common/image.c No ramdisk subimage unit name, using configuration
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003220 -122 common/image.c Can't get configuration for ramdisk subimage
3221 123 common/image.c Ramdisk unit name specified
3222 -124 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage node offset
3223 125 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage node offset
3224 -125 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification failed
3225 126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification OK
3226 -126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage for unsupported architecture
3227 127 common/image.c Architecture check OK
3228 -127 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage data/size
3229 128 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage data/size
3230 129 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk load address
3231 -129 common/image.c Got ramdisk load address
3232
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003233 -130 common/cmd_doc.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003234 131 common/cmd_doc.c FIT image format OK
3235
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003236 -140 common/cmd_ide.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003237 141 common/cmd_ide.c FIT image format OK
3238
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003239 -150 common/cmd_nand.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003240 151 common/cmd_nand.c FIT image format OK
3241
Heiko Schocher21d29f72014-05-28 11:33:33 +02003242- legacy image format:
3243 CONFIG_IMAGE_FORMAT_LEGACY
3244 enables the legacy image format support in U-Boot.
3245
3246 Default:
3247 enabled if CONFIG_FIT_SIGNATURE is not defined.
3248
3249 CONFIG_DISABLE_IMAGE_LEGACY
3250 disable the legacy image format
3251
3252 This define is introduced, as the legacy image format is
3253 enabled per default for backward compatibility.
3254
Gabe Blackd95f6ec2012-10-25 16:31:10 +00003255- FIT image support:
3256 CONFIG_FIT
3257 Enable support for the FIT uImage format.
3258
3259 CONFIG_FIT_BEST_MATCH
3260 When no configuration is explicitly selected, default to the
3261 one whose fdt's compatibility field best matches that of
3262 U-Boot itself. A match is considered "best" if it matches the
3263 most specific compatibility entry of U-Boot's fdt's root node.
3264 The order of entries in the configuration's fdt is ignored.
3265
Simon Glass3e569a62013-06-13 15:10:00 -07003266 CONFIG_FIT_SIGNATURE
3267 This option enables signature verification of FIT uImages,
3268 using a hash signed and verified using RSA. See
3269 doc/uImage.FIT/signature.txt for more details.
3270
Heiko Schocher21d29f72014-05-28 11:33:33 +02003271 WARNING: When relying on signed FIT images with required
3272 signature check the legacy image format is default
3273 disabled. If a board need legacy image format support
3274 enable this through CONFIG_IMAGE_FORMAT_LEGACY
3275
Dirk Eibach9a4f4792014-07-03 09:28:26 +02003276 CONFIG_FIT_DISABLE_SHA256
3277 Supporting SHA256 hashes has quite an impact on binary size.
3278 For constrained systems sha256 hash support can be disabled
3279 with this option.
3280
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02003281- Standalone program support:
3282 CONFIG_STANDALONE_LOAD_ADDR
3283
Wolfgang Denk6feff892011-10-09 21:06:34 +02003284 This option defines a board specific value for the
3285 address where standalone program gets loaded, thus
3286 overwriting the architecture dependent default
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02003287 settings.
3288
3289- Frame Buffer Address:
3290 CONFIG_FB_ADDR
3291
3292 Define CONFIG_FB_ADDR if you want to use specific
Wolfgang Denk44a53b52013-01-03 00:43:59 +00003293 address for frame buffer. This is typically the case
3294 when using a graphics controller has separate video
3295 memory. U-Boot will then place the frame buffer at
3296 the given address instead of dynamically reserving it
3297 in system RAM by calling lcd_setmem(), which grabs
3298 the memory for the frame buffer depending on the
3299 configured panel size.
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02003300
3301 Please see board_init_f function.
3302
Detlev Zundelcccfc2a2009-12-01 17:16:19 +01003303- Automatic software updates via TFTP server
3304 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP
3305 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_CNT_MAX
3306 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_MSEC_MAX
3307
3308 These options enable and control the auto-update feature;
3309 for a more detailed description refer to doc/README.update.
3310
3311- MTD Support (mtdparts command, UBI support)
3312 CONFIG_MTD_DEVICE
3313
3314 Adds the MTD device infrastructure from the Linux kernel.
3315 Needed for mtdparts command support.
3316
3317 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS
3318
3319 Adds the MTD partitioning infrastructure from the Linux
3320 kernel. Needed for UBI support.
3321
Joe Hershberger70c219c2013-04-08 10:32:48 +00003322- UBI support
3323 CONFIG_CMD_UBI
3324
3325 Adds commands for interacting with MTD partitions formatted
3326 with the UBI flash translation layer
3327
3328 Requires also defining CONFIG_RBTREE
3329
Joe Hershberger147162d2013-04-08 10:32:49 +00003330 CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG
3331
3332 Make the verbose messages from UBI stop printing. This leaves
3333 warnings and errors enabled.
3334
Joe Hershberger70c219c2013-04-08 10:32:48 +00003335- UBIFS support
3336 CONFIG_CMD_UBIFS
3337
3338 Adds commands for interacting with UBI volumes formatted as
3339 UBIFS. UBIFS is read-only in u-boot.
3340
3341 Requires UBI support as well as CONFIG_LZO
3342
Joe Hershberger147162d2013-04-08 10:32:49 +00003343 CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG
3344
3345 Make the verbose messages from UBIFS stop printing. This leaves
3346 warnings and errors enabled.
3347
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003348- SPL framework
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003349 CONFIG_SPL
3350 Enable building of SPL globally.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003351
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003352 CONFIG_SPL_LDSCRIPT
3353 LDSCRIPT for linking the SPL binary.
3354
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003355 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT
3356 Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL, BSS included.
3357 When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory
3358 used by SPL from _start to __bss_end does not exceed it.
Albert ARIBAUD8960af82013-04-14 04:48:38 +00003359 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003360 must not be both defined at the same time.
3361
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003362 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003363 Maximum size of the SPL image (text, data, rodata, and
3364 linker lists sections), BSS excluded.
3365 When defined, the linker checks that the actual size does
3366 not exceed it.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003367
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003368 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE
3369 TEXT_BASE for linking the SPL binary.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003370
Scott Wood94a45bb2012-09-20 19:05:12 -05003371 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_TEXT_BASE
3372 Address to relocate to. If unspecified, this is equal to
3373 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE (i.e. no relocation is done).
3374
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003375 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_START_ADDR
3376 Link address for the BSS within the SPL binary.
3377
3378 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003379 Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL BSS.
3380 When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory used
3381 by SPL from __bss_start to __bss_end does not exceed it.
Albert ARIBAUD8960af82013-04-14 04:48:38 +00003382 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003383 must not be both defined at the same time.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003384
3385 CONFIG_SPL_STACK
3386 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use
3387
Scott Wood94a45bb2012-09-20 19:05:12 -05003388 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_STACK
3389 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use after
3390 relocation. If unspecified, this is equal to
3391 CONFIG_SPL_STACK.
3392
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003393 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START
3394 Starting address of the malloc pool used in SPL.
3395
3396 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_SIZE
3397 The size of the malloc pool used in SPL.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003398
Tom Rini47f7bca2012-08-13 12:03:19 -07003399 CONFIG_SPL_FRAMEWORK
3400 Enable the SPL framework under common/. This framework
3401 supports MMC, NAND and YMODEM loading of U-Boot and NAND
3402 NAND loading of the Linux Kernel.
3403
Tom Rini9607faf2014-03-28 12:03:39 -04003404 CONFIG_SPL_OS_BOOT
3405 Enable booting directly to an OS from SPL.
3406 See also: doc/README.falcon
3407
Tom Rini861a86f2012-08-13 11:37:56 -07003408 CONFIG_SPL_DISPLAY_PRINT
3409 For ARM, enable an optional function to print more information
3410 about the running system.
3411
Scott Wood4b919722012-09-20 16:35:21 -05003412 CONFIG_SPL_INIT_MINIMAL
3413 Arch init code should be built for a very small image
3414
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003415 CONFIG_SPL_LIBCOMMON_SUPPORT
3416 Support for common/libcommon.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003417
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003418 CONFIG_SPL_LIBDISK_SUPPORT
3419 Support for disk/libdisk.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003420
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003421 CONFIG_SPL_I2C_SUPPORT
3422 Support for drivers/i2c/libi2c.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003423
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003424 CONFIG_SPL_GPIO_SUPPORT
3425 Support for drivers/gpio/libgpio.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003426
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003427 CONFIG_SPL_MMC_SUPPORT
3428 Support for drivers/mmc/libmmc.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003429
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003430 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_SECTOR,
3431 CONFIG_SYS_U_BOOT_MAX_SIZE_SECTORS,
3432 CONFIG_SYS_MMC_SD_FAT_BOOT_PARTITION
3433 Address, size and partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from
3434 when the MMC is being used in raw mode.
3435
Peter Korsgaard2b75b0a2013-05-13 08:36:29 +00003436 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_KERNEL_SECTOR
3437 Sector to load kernel uImage from when MMC is being
3438 used in raw mode (for Falcon mode)
3439
3440 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTOR,
3441 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTORS
3442 Sector and number of sectors to load kernel argument
3443 parameters from when MMC is being used in raw mode
3444 (for falcon mode)
3445
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003446 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_SUPPORT
3447 Support for fs/fat/libfat.o in SPL binary
3448
3449 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_LOAD_PAYLOAD_NAME
3450 Filename to read to load U-Boot when reading from FAT
3451
Peter Korsgaard7ad2cc72013-05-13 08:36:27 +00003452 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_LOAD_KERNEL_NAME
3453 Filename to read to load kernel uImage when reading
3454 from FAT (for Falcon mode)
3455
3456 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_LOAD_ARGS_NAME
3457 Filename to read to load kernel argument parameters
3458 when reading from FAT (for Falcon mode)
3459
Scott Wood06f60ae2012-12-06 13:33:17 +00003460 CONFIG_SPL_MPC83XX_WAIT_FOR_NAND
3461 Set this for NAND SPL on PPC mpc83xx targets, so that
3462 start.S waits for the rest of the SPL to load before
3463 continuing (the hardware starts execution after just
3464 loading the first page rather than the full 4K).
3465
Prabhakar Kushwaha651fcf62014-04-08 19:12:31 +05303466 CONFIG_SPL_SKIP_RELOCATE
3467 Avoid SPL relocation
3468
Scott Wood6f2f01b2012-09-20 19:09:07 -05003469 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BASE
3470 Include nand_base.c in the SPL. Requires
3471 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS.
3472
3473 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS
3474 SPL uses normal NAND drivers, not minimal drivers.
3475
3476 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_ECC
3477 Include standard software ECC in the SPL
3478
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003479 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_SIMPLE
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003480 Support for NAND boot using simple NAND drivers that
3481 expose the cmd_ctrl() interface.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003482
Tom Rini6dd3b562014-03-28 12:03:36 -04003483 CONFIG_SPL_MTD_SUPPORT
3484 Support for the MTD subsystem within SPL. Useful for
3485 environment on NAND support within SPL.
3486
Ying Zhangbb0dc102013-08-16 15:16:11 +08003487 CONFIG_SPL_MPC8XXX_INIT_DDR_SUPPORT
3488 Set for the SPL on PPC mpc8xxx targets, support for
York Sun5614e712013-09-30 09:22:09 -07003489 drivers/ddr/fsl/libddr.o in SPL binary.
Ying Zhangbb0dc102013-08-16 15:16:11 +08003490
Ying Zhang7c8eea52013-08-16 15:16:12 +08003491 CONFIG_SPL_COMMON_INIT_DDR
3492 Set for common ddr init with serial presence detect in
3493 SPL binary.
3494
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003495 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_5_ADDR_CYCLE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_COUNT,
3496 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_OOBSIZE,
3497 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BLOCK_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BAD_BLOCK_POS,
3498 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCPOS, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCSIZE,
3499 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCBYTES
3500 Defines the size and behavior of the NAND that SPL uses
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003501 to read U-Boot
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003502
Prabhakar Kushwahafbe76ae2013-12-11 12:42:11 +05303503 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BOOT
3504 Add support NAND boot
3505
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003506 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_OFFS
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003507 Location in NAND to read U-Boot from
3508
3509 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_DST
3510 Location in memory to load U-Boot to
3511
3512 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_SIZE
3513 Size of image to load
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003514
3515 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_START
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003516 Entry point in loaded image to jump to
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003517
3518 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_HW_ECC_OOBFIRST
3519 Define this if you need to first read the OOB and then the
3520 data. This is used for example on davinci plattforms.
3521
3522 CONFIG_SPL_OMAP3_ID_NAND
3523 Support for an OMAP3-specific set of functions to return the
3524 ID and MFR of the first attached NAND chip, if present.
3525
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003526 CONFIG_SPL_SERIAL_SUPPORT
3527 Support for drivers/serial/libserial.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003528
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003529 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_FLASH_SUPPORT
3530 Support for drivers/mtd/spi/libspi_flash.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003531
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003532 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_SUPPORT
3533 Support for drivers/spi/libspi.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003534
Pavel Machekc57b9532012-08-30 22:42:11 +02003535 CONFIG_SPL_RAM_DEVICE
3536 Support for running image already present in ram, in SPL binary
3537
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003538 CONFIG_SPL_LIBGENERIC_SUPPORT
3539 Support for lib/libgeneric.o in SPL binary
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003540
Ying Zhangba1bee42013-05-20 14:07:25 +08003541 CONFIG_SPL_ENV_SUPPORT
3542 Support for the environment operating in SPL binary
3543
3544 CONFIG_SPL_NET_SUPPORT
3545 Support for the net/libnet.o in SPL binary.
3546 It conflicts with SPL env from storage medium specified by
3547 CONFIG_ENV_IS_xxx but CONFIG_ENV_IS_NOWHERE
3548
Scott Wood74752ba2012-12-06 13:33:16 +00003549 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO
Benoît Thébaudeau6113d3f2013-04-11 09:35:49 +00003550 Image offset to which the SPL should be padded before appending
3551 the SPL payload. By default, this is defined as
3552 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined.
3553 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL
3554 payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE.
Scott Wood74752ba2012-12-06 13:33:16 +00003555
Scott Woodca2fca22012-09-21 16:27:32 -05003556 CONFIG_SPL_TARGET
3557 Final target image containing SPL and payload. Some SPLs
3558 use an arch-specific makefile fragment instead, for
3559 example if more than one image needs to be produced.
3560
Simon Glass87ebee32013-05-08 08:05:59 +00003561 CONFIG_FIT_SPL_PRINT
3562 Printing information about a FIT image adds quite a bit of
3563 code to SPL. So this is normally disabled in SPL. Use this
3564 option to re-enable it. This will affect the output of the
3565 bootm command when booting a FIT image.
3566
Ying Zhang3aa29de2013-08-16 15:16:15 +08003567- TPL framework
3568 CONFIG_TPL
3569 Enable building of TPL globally.
3570
3571 CONFIG_TPL_PAD_TO
3572 Image offset to which the TPL should be padded before appending
3573 the TPL payload. By default, this is defined as
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +02003574 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined.
3575 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL
3576 payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE.
Ying Zhang3aa29de2013-08-16 15:16:15 +08003577
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003578Modem Support:
3579--------------
3580
Wolfgang Denk566e5cf2011-05-01 20:44:23 +02003581[so far only for SMDK2400 boards]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003582
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003583- Modem support enable:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003584 CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT
3585
3586- RTS/CTS Flow control enable:
3587 CONFIG_HWFLOW
3588
3589- Modem debug support:
3590 CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT_DEBUG
3591
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003592 Enables debugging stuff (char screen[1024], dbg())
3593 for modem support. Useful only with BDI2000.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003594
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00003595- Interrupt support (PPC):
3596
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003597 There are common interrupt_init() and timer_interrupt()
3598 for all PPC archs. interrupt_init() calls interrupt_init_cpu()
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003599 for CPU specific initialization. interrupt_init_cpu()
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003600 should set decrementer_count to appropriate value. If
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003601 CPU resets decrementer automatically after interrupt
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003602 (ppc4xx) it should set decrementer_count to zero.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003603 timer_interrupt() calls timer_interrupt_cpu() for CPU
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003604 specific handling. If board has watchdog / status_led
3605 / other_activity_monitor it works automatically from
3606 general timer_interrupt().
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00003607
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003608- General:
3609
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003610 In the target system modem support is enabled when a
3611 specific key (key combination) is pressed during
3612 power-on. Otherwise U-Boot will boot normally
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003613 (autoboot). The key_pressed() function is called from
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003614 board_init(). Currently key_pressed() is a dummy
3615 function, returning 1 and thus enabling modem
3616 initialization.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003617
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003618 If there are no modem init strings in the
3619 environment, U-Boot proceed to autoboot; the
3620 previous output (banner, info printfs) will be
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003621 suppressed, though.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003622
3623 See also: doc/README.Modem
3624
Helmut Raiger9660e442011-10-20 04:19:47 +00003625Board initialization settings:
3626------------------------------
3627
3628During Initialization u-boot calls a number of board specific functions
3629to allow the preparation of board specific prerequisites, e.g. pin setup
3630before drivers are initialized. To enable these callbacks the
3631following configuration macros have to be defined. Currently this is
3632architecture specific, so please check arch/your_architecture/lib/board.c
3633typically in board_init_f() and board_init_r().
3634
3635- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_F: Call board_early_init_f()
3636- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_R: Call board_early_init_r()
3637- CONFIG_BOARD_LATE_INIT: Call board_late_init()
3638- CONFIG_BOARD_POSTCLK_INIT: Call board_postclk_init()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003639
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003640Configuration Settings:
3641-----------------------
3642
York Sun4d1fd7f2014-02-26 17:03:19 -08003643- CONFIG_SYS_SUPPORT_64BIT_DATA: Defined automatically if compiled as 64-bit.
3644 Optionally it can be defined to support 64-bit memory commands.
3645
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003646- CONFIG_SYS_LONGHELP: Defined when you want long help messages included;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003647 undefine this when you're short of memory.
3648
Peter Tyser2fb26042009-01-27 18:03:12 -06003649- CONFIG_SYS_HELP_CMD_WIDTH: Defined when you want to override the default
3650 width of the commands listed in the 'help' command output.
3651
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003652- CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT: This is what U-Boot prints on the console to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003653 prompt for user input.
3654
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003655- CONFIG_SYS_CBSIZE: Buffer size for input from the Console
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003656
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003657- CONFIG_SYS_PBSIZE: Buffer size for Console output
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003658
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003659- CONFIG_SYS_MAXARGS: max. Number of arguments accepted for monitor commands
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003660
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003661- CONFIG_SYS_BARGSIZE: Buffer size for Boot Arguments which are passed to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003662 the application (usually a Linux kernel) when it is
3663 booted
3664
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003665- CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003666 List of legal baudrate settings for this board.
3667
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003668- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_INFO_QUIET
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003669 Suppress display of console information at boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003670
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003671- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003672 If the board specific function
3673 extern int overwrite_console (void);
3674 returns 1, the stdin, stderr and stdout are switched to the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003675 serial port, else the settings in the environment are used.
3676
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003677- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_OVERWRITE_ROUTINE
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003678 Enable the call to overwrite_console().
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003679
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003680- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_ENV_OVERWRITE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003681 Enable overwrite of previous console environment settings.
3682
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003683- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_START, CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_END:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003684 Begin and End addresses of the area used by the
3685 simple memory test.
3686
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003687- CONFIG_SYS_ALT_MEMTEST:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003688 Enable an alternate, more extensive memory test.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003689
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003690- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_SCRATCH:
wdenk5f535fe2003-09-18 09:21:33 +00003691 Scratch address used by the alternate memory test
3692 You only need to set this if address zero isn't writeable
3693
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003694- CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE (PPC only):
3695 If CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE is defined in the board config header,
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003696 this specified memory area will get subtracted from the top
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003697 (end) of RAM and won't get "touched" at all by U-Boot. By
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003698 fixing up gd->ram_size the Linux kernel should gets passed
3699 the now "corrected" memory size and won't touch it either.
3700 This should work for arch/ppc and arch/powerpc. Only Linux
Stefan Roese5e12e752008-03-28 11:02:53 +01003701 board ports in arch/powerpc with bootwrapper support that
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003702 recalculate the memory size from the SDRAM controller setup
Stefan Roese5e12e752008-03-28 11:02:53 +01003703 will have to get fixed in Linux additionally.
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003704
3705 This option can be used as a workaround for the 440EPx/GRx
3706 CHIP 11 errata where the last 256 bytes in SDRAM shouldn't
3707 be touched.
3708
3709 WARNING: Please make sure that this value is a multiple of
3710 the Linux page size (normally 4k). If this is not the case,
3711 then the end address of the Linux memory will be located at a
3712 non page size aligned address and this could cause major
3713 problems.
3714
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003715- CONFIG_SYS_LOADS_BAUD_CHANGE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003716 Enable temporary baudrate change while serial download
3717
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003718- CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003719 Physical start address of SDRAM. _Must_ be 0 here.
3720
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003721- CONFIG_SYS_MBIO_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003722 Physical start address of Motherboard I/O (if using a
3723 Cogent motherboard)
3724
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003725- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003726 Physical start address of Flash memory.
3727
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003728- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003729 Physical start address of boot monitor code (set by
3730 make config files to be same as the text base address
Wolfgang Denk14d0a022010-10-07 21:51:12 +02003731 (CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE) used when linking) - same as
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003732 CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE when booting from flash.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003733
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003734- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_LEN:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003735 Size of memory reserved for monitor code, used to
3736 determine _at_compile_time_ (!) if the environment is
3737 embedded within the U-Boot image, or in a separate
3738 flash sector.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003739
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003740- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003741 Size of DRAM reserved for malloc() use.
3742
Simon Glassd59476b2014-07-10 22:23:28 -06003743- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN
3744 Size of the malloc() pool for use before relocation. If
3745 this is defined, then a very simple malloc() implementation
3746 will become available before relocation. The address is just
3747 below the global data, and the stack is moved down to make
3748 space.
3749
3750 This feature allocates regions with increasing addresses
3751 within the region. calloc() is supported, but realloc()
3752 is not available. free() is supported but does nothing.
3753 The memory will be freed (or in fact just forgotton) when
3754 U-Boot relocates itself.
3755
Simon Glass29afe9e2014-07-10 22:23:31 -06003756 Pre-relocation malloc() is only supported on sandbox
3757 at present but is fairly easy to enable for other archs.
3758
Simon Glass76a1e5842014-07-10 22:23:29 -06003759 Pre-relocation malloc() is only supported on ARM at present
3760 but is fairly easy to enable for other archs.
3761
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003762- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN:
Stefan Roese15940c92006-03-13 11:16:36 +01003763 Normally compressed uImages are limited to an
3764 uncompressed size of 8 MBytes. If this is not enough,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003765 you can define CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN in your board config file
Stefan Roese15940c92006-03-13 11:16:36 +01003766 to adjust this setting to your needs.
3767
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003768- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003769 Maximum size of memory mapped by the startup code of
3770 the Linux kernel; all data that must be processed by
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02003771 the Linux kernel (bd_info, boot arguments, FDT blob if
3772 used) must be put below this limit, unless "bootm_low"
Robert P. J. Day1bce2ae2013-09-16 07:15:45 -04003773 environment variable is defined and non-zero. In such case
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02003774 all data for the Linux kernel must be between "bootm_low"
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003775 and "bootm_low" + CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. The environment
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00003776 variable "bootm_mapsize" will override the value of
3777 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. If CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is undefined,
3778 then the value in "bootm_size" will be used instead.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003779
John Rigbyfca43cc2010-10-13 13:57:35 -06003780- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_RAMDISK_HIGH:
3781 Enable initrd_high functionality. If defined then the
3782 initrd_high feature is enabled and the bootm ramdisk subcommand
3783 is enabled.
3784
3785- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_CMDLINE:
3786 Enables allocating and saving kernel cmdline in space between
3787 "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
3788
3789- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_KBD:
3790 Enables allocating and saving a kernel copy of the bd_info in
3791 space between "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
3792
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003793- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_BANKS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003794 Max number of Flash memory banks
3795
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003796- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_SECT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003797 Max number of sectors on a Flash chip
3798
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003799- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_ERASE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003800 Timeout for Flash erase operations (in ms)
3801
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003802- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_WRITE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003803 Timeout for Flash write operations (in ms)
3804
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003805- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_LOCK_TOUT
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00003806 Timeout for Flash set sector lock bit operation (in ms)
3807
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003808- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_UNLOCK_TOUT
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00003809 Timeout for Flash clear lock bits operation (in ms)
3810
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003811- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_PROTECTION
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00003812 If defined, hardware flash sectors protection is used
3813 instead of U-Boot software protection.
3814
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003815- CONFIG_SYS_DIRECT_FLASH_TFTP:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003816
3817 Enable TFTP transfers directly to flash memory;
3818 without this option such a download has to be
3819 performed in two steps: (1) download to RAM, and (2)
3820 copy from RAM to flash.
3821
3822 The two-step approach is usually more reliable, since
3823 you can check if the download worked before you erase
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003824 the flash, but in some situations (when system RAM is
3825 too limited to allow for a temporary copy of the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003826 downloaded image) this option may be very useful.
3827
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003828- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_CFI:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003829 Define if the flash driver uses extra elements in the
wdenk5653fc32004-02-08 22:55:38 +00003830 common flash structure for storing flash geometry.
3831
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD00b18832008-08-13 01:40:42 +02003832- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_DRIVER
wdenk5653fc32004-02-08 22:55:38 +00003833 This option also enables the building of the cfi_flash driver
3834 in the drivers directory
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003835
Piotr Ziecik91809ed2008-11-17 15:57:58 +01003836- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_MTD
3837 This option enables the building of the cfi_mtd driver
3838 in the drivers directory. The driver exports CFI flash
3839 to the MTD layer.
3840
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003841- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_USE_BUFFER_WRITE
Guennadi Liakhovetski96ef8312008-04-03 13:36:02 +02003842 Use buffered writes to flash.
3843
3844- CONFIG_FLASH_SPANSION_S29WS_N
3845 s29ws-n MirrorBit flash has non-standard addresses for buffered
3846 write commands.
3847
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003848- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_QUIET_TEST
Stefan Roese5568e612005-11-22 13:20:42 +01003849 If this option is defined, the common CFI flash doesn't
3850 print it's warning upon not recognized FLASH banks. This
3851 is useful, if some of the configured banks are only
3852 optionally available.
3853
Jerry Van Baren9a042e92008-03-08 13:48:01 -05003854- CONFIG_FLASH_SHOW_PROGRESS
3855 If defined (must be an integer), print out countdown
3856 digits and dots. Recommended value: 45 (9..1) for 80
3857 column displays, 15 (3..1) for 40 column displays.
3858
Stefan Roese352ef3f2013-04-04 15:53:14 +02003859- CONFIG_FLASH_VERIFY
3860 If defined, the content of the flash (destination) is compared
3861 against the source after the write operation. An error message
3862 will be printed when the contents are not identical.
3863 Please note that this option is useless in nearly all cases,
3864 since such flash programming errors usually are detected earlier
3865 while unprotecting/erasing/programming. Please only enable
3866 this option if you really know what you are doing.
3867
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003868- CONFIG_SYS_RX_ETH_BUFFER:
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003869 Defines the number of Ethernet receive buffers. On some
3870 Ethernet controllers it is recommended to set this value
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00003871 to 8 or even higher (EEPRO100 or 405 EMAC), since all
3872 buffers can be full shortly after enabling the interface
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003873 on high Ethernet traffic.
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00003874 Defaults to 4 if not defined.
3875
Wolfgang Denkea882ba2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02003876- CONFIG_ENV_MAX_ENTRIES
3877
Wolfgang Denk071bc922010-10-27 22:48:30 +02003878 Maximum number of entries in the hash table that is used
3879 internally to store the environment settings. The default
3880 setting is supposed to be generous and should work in most
3881 cases. This setting can be used to tune behaviour; see
3882 lib/hashtable.c for details.
Wolfgang Denkea882ba2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02003883
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003884- CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT
3885- CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC
Robert P. J. Day1bce2ae2013-09-16 07:15:45 -04003886 Enable validation of the values given to environment variables when
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003887 calling env set. Variables can be restricted to only decimal,
3888 hexadecimal, or boolean. If CONFIG_CMD_NET is also defined,
3889 the variables can also be restricted to IP address or MAC address.
3890
3891 The format of the list is:
3892 type_attribute = [s|d|x|b|i|m]
Joe Hershberger267541f2012-12-11 22:16:34 -06003893 access_atribute = [a|r|o|c]
3894 attributes = type_attribute[access_atribute]
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003895 entry = variable_name[:attributes]
3896 list = entry[,list]
3897
3898 The type attributes are:
3899 s - String (default)
3900 d - Decimal
3901 x - Hexadecimal
3902 b - Boolean ([1yYtT|0nNfF])
3903 i - IP address
3904 m - MAC address
3905
Joe Hershberger267541f2012-12-11 22:16:34 -06003906 The access attributes are:
3907 a - Any (default)
3908 r - Read-only
3909 o - Write-once
3910 c - Change-default
3911
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003912 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT
3913 Define this to a list (string) to define the ".flags"
3914 envirnoment variable in the default or embedded environment.
3915
3916 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC
3917 Define this to a list (string) to define validation that
3918 should be done if an entry is not found in the ".flags"
3919 environment variable. To override a setting in the static
3920 list, simply add an entry for the same variable name to the
3921 ".flags" variable.
3922
Joe Hershberger267541f2012-12-11 22:16:34 -06003923- CONFIG_ENV_ACCESS_IGNORE_FORCE
3924 If defined, don't allow the -f switch to env set override variable
3925 access flags.
3926
Simon Glass5c1a7ea2013-03-08 13:45:27 +00003927- CONFIG_SYS_GENERIC_BOARD
3928 This selects the architecture-generic board system instead of the
3929 architecture-specific board files. It is intended to move boards
3930 to this new framework over time. Defining this will disable the
3931 arch/foo/lib/board.c file and use common/board_f.c and
3932 common/board_r.c instead. To use this option your architecture
3933 must support it (i.e. must define __HAVE_ARCH_GENERIC_BOARD in
3934 its config.mk file). If you find problems enabling this option on
3935 your board please report the problem and send patches!
3936
Lokesh Vutla0b1b60c2013-04-17 20:49:40 +00003937- CONFIG_OMAP_PLATFORM_RESET_TIME_MAX_USEC (OMAP only)
3938 This is set by OMAP boards for the max time that reset should
3939 be asserted. See doc/README.omap-reset-time for details on how
3940 the value can be calulated on a given board.
Simon Glass632efa72013-03-11 07:06:48 +00003941
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003942The following definitions that deal with the placement and management
3943of environment data (variable area); in general, we support the
3944following configurations:
3945
Mike Frysingerc3eb3fe2011-07-08 10:44:25 +00003946- CONFIG_BUILD_ENVCRC:
3947
3948 Builds up envcrc with the target environment so that external utils
3949 may easily extract it and embed it in final U-Boot images.
3950
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD5a1aceb2008-09-10 22:48:04 +02003951- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003952
3953 Define this if the environment is in flash memory.
3954
3955 a) The environment occupies one whole flash sector, which is
3956 "embedded" in the text segment with the U-Boot code. This
3957 happens usually with "bottom boot sector" or "top boot
3958 sector" type flash chips, which have several smaller
3959 sectors at the start or the end. For instance, such a
3960 layout can have sector sizes of 8, 2x4, 16, Nx32 kB. In
3961 such a case you would place the environment in one of the
3962 4 kB sectors - with U-Boot code before and after it. With
3963 "top boot sector" type flash chips, you would put the
3964 environment in one of the last sectors, leaving a gap
3965 between U-Boot and the environment.
3966
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003967 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003968
3969 Offset of environment data (variable area) to the
3970 beginning of flash memory; for instance, with bottom boot
3971 type flash chips the second sector can be used: the offset
3972 for this sector is given here.
3973
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003974 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET is used relative to CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003975
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003976 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003977
3978 This is just another way to specify the start address of
3979 the flash sector containing the environment (instead of
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003980 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003981
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003982 - CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003983
3984 Size of the sector containing the environment.
3985
3986
3987 b) Sometimes flash chips have few, equal sized, BIG sectors.
3988 In such a case you don't want to spend a whole sector for
3989 the environment.
3990
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003991 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003992
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD5a1aceb2008-09-10 22:48:04 +02003993 If you use this in combination with CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003994 and CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE, you can specify to use only a part
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003995 of this flash sector for the environment. This saves
3996 memory for the RAM copy of the environment.
3997
3998 It may also save flash memory if you decide to use this
3999 when your environment is "embedded" within U-Boot code,
4000 since then the remainder of the flash sector could be used
4001 for U-Boot code. It should be pointed out that this is
4002 STRONGLY DISCOURAGED from a robustness point of view:
4003 updating the environment in flash makes it always
4004 necessary to erase the WHOLE sector. If something goes
4005 wrong before the contents has been restored from a copy in
4006 RAM, your target system will be dead.
4007
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004008 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR_REDUND
4009 CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004010
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004011 These settings describe a second storage area used to hold
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004012 a redundant copy of the environment data, so that there is
wdenk3e386912003-04-05 00:53:31 +00004013 a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure during
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004014 a "saveenv" operation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004015
4016BE CAREFUL! Any changes to the flash layout, and some changes to the
4017source code will make it necessary to adapt <board>/u-boot.lds*
4018accordingly!
4019
4020
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD9314cee2008-09-10 22:47:59 +02004021- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NVRAM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004022
4023 Define this if you have some non-volatile memory device
4024 (NVRAM, battery buffered SRAM) which you want to use for the
4025 environment.
4026
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004027 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
4028 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004029
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004030 These two #defines are used to determine the memory area you
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004031 want to use for environment. It is assumed that this memory
4032 can just be read and written to, without any special
4033 provision.
4034
4035BE CAREFUL! The first access to the environment happens quite early
4036in U-Boot initalization (when we try to get the setting of for the
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004037console baudrate). You *MUST* have mapped your NVRAM area then, or
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004038U-Boot will hang.
4039
4040Please note that even with NVRAM we still use a copy of the
4041environment in RAM: we could work on NVRAM directly, but we want to
4042keep settings there always unmodified except somebody uses "saveenv"
4043to save the current settings.
4044
4045
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDbb1f8b42008-09-05 09:19:30 +02004046- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_EEPROM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004047
4048 Use this if you have an EEPROM or similar serial access
4049 device and a driver for it.
4050
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004051 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
4052 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004053
4054 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the
4055 environment area within the total memory of your EEPROM.
4056
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004057 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004058 If defined, specified the chip address of the EEPROM device.
4059 The default address is zero.
4060
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004061 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_BITS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004062 If defined, the number of bits used to address bytes in a
4063 single page in the EEPROM device. A 64 byte page, for example
4064 would require six bits.
4065
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004066 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_DELAY_MS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004067 If defined, the number of milliseconds to delay between
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00004068 page writes. The default is zero milliseconds.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004069
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004070 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_LEN:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004071 The length in bytes of the EEPROM memory array address. Note
4072 that this is NOT the chip address length!
4073
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004074 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_OVERFLOW:
wdenk5cf91d62004-04-23 20:32:05 +00004075 EEPROM chips that implement "address overflow" are ones
4076 like Catalyst 24WC04/08/16 which has 9/10/11 bits of
4077 address and the extra bits end up in the "chip address" bit
4078 slots. This makes a 24WC08 (1Kbyte) chip look like four 256
4079 byte chips.
4080
4081 Note that we consider the length of the address field to
4082 still be one byte because the extra address bits are hidden
4083 in the chip address.
4084
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004085 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004086 The size in bytes of the EEPROM device.
4087
Heiko Schocher548738b2010-01-07 08:55:40 +01004088 - CONFIG_ENV_EEPROM_IS_ON_I2C
4089 define this, if you have I2C and SPI activated, and your
4090 EEPROM, which holds the environment, is on the I2C bus.
4091
4092 - CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS
4093 if you have an Environment on an EEPROM reached over
4094 I2C muxes, you can define here, how to reach this
4095 EEPROM. For example:
4096
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01004097 #define CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS 1
Heiko Schocher548738b2010-01-07 08:55:40 +01004098
4099 EEPROM which holds the environment, is reached over
4100 a pca9547 i2c mux with address 0x70, channel 3.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004101
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD057c8492008-09-10 22:47:58 +02004102- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_DATAFLASH:
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00004103
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00004104 Define this if you have a DataFlash memory device which you
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00004105 want to use for the environment.
4106
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004107 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
4108 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
4109 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00004110
4111 These three #defines specify the offset and size of the
4112 environment area within the total memory of your DataFlash placed
4113 at the specified address.
4114
Wu, Joshbd83b592014-07-01 19:30:13 +08004115- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_SPI_FLASH:
4116
4117 Define this if you have a SPI Flash memory device which you
4118 want to use for the environment.
4119
4120 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
4121 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
4122
4123 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the
4124 environment area within the SPI Flash. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET must be
4125 aligned to an erase sector boundary.
4126
4127 - CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE:
4128
4129 Define the SPI flash's sector size.
4130
4131 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
4132
4133 This setting describes a second storage area of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE
4134 size used to hold a redundant copy of the environment data, so
4135 that there is a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure
4136 during a "saveenv" operation. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_RENDUND must be
4137 aligned to an erase sector boundary.
4138
4139 - CONFIG_ENV_SPI_BUS (optional):
4140 - CONFIG_ENV_SPI_CS (optional):
4141
4142 Define the SPI bus and chip select. If not defined they will be 0.
4143
4144 - CONFIG_ENV_SPI_MAX_HZ (optional):
4145
4146 Define the SPI max work clock. If not defined then use 1MHz.
4147
4148 - CONFIG_ENV_SPI_MODE (optional):
4149
4150 Define the SPI work mode. If not defined then use SPI_MODE_3.
4151
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00004152- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_REMOTE:
4153
4154 Define this if you have a remote memory space which you
4155 want to use for the local device's environment.
4156
4157 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
4158 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
4159
4160 These two #defines specify the address and size of the
4161 environment area within the remote memory space. The
4162 local device can get the environment from remote memory
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00004163 space by SRIO or PCIE links.
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00004164
4165BE CAREFUL! For some special cases, the local device can not use
4166"saveenv" command. For example, the local device will get the
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00004167environment stored in a remote NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE link,
4168but it can not erase, write this NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE interface.
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00004169
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD51bfee12008-09-10 22:47:58 +02004170- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NAND:
wdenk13a56952004-06-09 14:58:14 +00004171
4172 Define this if you have a NAND device which you want to use
4173 for the environment.
4174
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004175 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
4176 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenk13a56952004-06-09 14:58:14 +00004177
4178 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05004179 area within the first NAND device. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET must be
4180 aligned to an erase block boundary.
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00004181
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05004182 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01004183
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004184 This setting describes a second storage area of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05004185 size used to hold a redundant copy of the environment data, so
4186 that there is a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004187 during a "saveenv" operation. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_RENDUND must be
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05004188 aligned to an erase block boundary.
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01004189
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05004190 - CONFIG_ENV_RANGE (optional):
4191
4192 Specifies the length of the region in which the environment
4193 can be written. This should be a multiple of the NAND device's
4194 block size. Specifying a range with more erase blocks than
4195 are needed to hold CONFIG_ENV_SIZE allows bad blocks within
4196 the range to be avoided.
4197
4198 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB (optional):
4199
4200 Enables support for dynamically retrieving the offset of the
4201 environment from block zero's out-of-band data. The
4202 "nand env.oob" command can be used to record this offset.
4203 Currently, CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is not supported when
4204 using CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB.
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01004205
Guennadi Liakhovetskib74ab732009-05-18 16:07:22 +02004206- CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST
4207
4208 Defines address in RAM to which the nand_spl code should copy the
4209 environment. If redundant environment is used, it will be copied to
4210 CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST + CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
4211
Joe Hershberger2b744332013-04-08 10:32:51 +00004212- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_UBI:
4213
4214 Define this if you have an UBI volume that you want to use for the
4215 environment. This has the benefit of wear-leveling the environment
4216 accesses, which is important on NAND.
4217
4218 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_PART:
4219
4220 Define this to a string that is the mtd partition containing the UBI.
4221
4222 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME:
4223
4224 Define this to the name of the volume that you want to store the
4225 environment in.
4226
Joe Hershberger785881f2013-04-08 10:32:52 +00004227 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME_REDUND:
4228
4229 Define this to the name of another volume to store a second copy of
4230 the environment in. This will enable redundant environments in UBI.
4231 It is assumed that both volumes are in the same MTD partition.
4232
Joe Hershberger2b744332013-04-08 10:32:51 +00004233 - CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG
4234 - CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG
4235
4236 You will probably want to define these to avoid a really noisy system
4237 when storing the env in UBI.
4238
Wu, Joshd1db76f2014-06-24 17:31:03 +08004239- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FAT:
4240 Define this if you want to use the FAT file system for the environment.
4241
4242 - FAT_ENV_INTERFACE:
4243
4244 Define this to a string that is the name of the block device.
4245
4246 - FAT_ENV_DEV_AND_PART:
4247
4248 Define this to a string to specify the partition of the device. It can
4249 be as following:
4250
4251 "D:P", "D:0", "D", "D:" or "D:auto" (D, P are integers. And P >= 1)
4252 - "D:P": device D partition P. Error occurs if device D has no
4253 partition table.
4254 - "D:0": device D.
4255 - "D" or "D:": device D partition 1 if device D has partition
4256 table, or the whole device D if has no partition
4257 table.
4258 - "D:auto": first partition in device D with bootable flag set.
4259 If none, first valid paratition in device D. If no
4260 partition table then means device D.
4261
4262 - FAT_ENV_FILE:
4263
4264 It's a string of the FAT file name. This file use to store the
4265 envrionment.
4266
4267 - CONFIG_FAT_WRITE:
4268 This should be defined. Otherwise it cannot save the envrionment file.
4269
Stephen Warren06e4ae52013-06-11 15:14:00 -06004270- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_MMC:
4271
4272 Define this if you have an MMC device which you want to use for the
4273 environment.
4274
4275 - CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_DEV:
4276
4277 Specifies which MMC device the environment is stored in.
4278
4279 - CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_PART (optional):
4280
4281 Specifies which MMC partition the environment is stored in. If not
4282 set, defaults to partition 0, the user area. Common values might be
4283 1 (first MMC boot partition), 2 (second MMC boot partition).
4284
4285 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
4286 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
4287
4288 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment
4289 area within the specified MMC device.
4290
Stephen Warren5c088ee2013-06-11 15:14:02 -06004291 If offset is positive (the usual case), it is treated as relative to
4292 the start of the MMC partition. If offset is negative, it is treated
4293 as relative to the end of the MMC partition. This can be useful if
4294 your board may be fitted with different MMC devices, which have
4295 different sizes for the MMC partitions, and you always want the
4296 environment placed at the very end of the partition, to leave the
4297 maximum possible space before it, to store other data.
4298
Stephen Warren06e4ae52013-06-11 15:14:00 -06004299 These two values are in units of bytes, but must be aligned to an
4300 MMC sector boundary.
4301
4302 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
4303
4304 Specifies a second storage area, of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE size, used to
4305 hold a redundant copy of the environment data. This provides a
4306 valid backup copy in case the other copy is corrupted, e.g. due
4307 to a power failure during a "saveenv" operation.
4308
Stephen Warren5c088ee2013-06-11 15:14:02 -06004309 This value may also be positive or negative; this is handled in the
4310 same way as CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET.
4311
Stephen Warren06e4ae52013-06-11 15:14:00 -06004312 This value is also in units of bytes, but must also be aligned to
4313 an MMC sector boundary.
4314
4315 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND (optional):
4316
4317 This value need not be set, even when CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is
4318 set. If this value is set, it must be set to the same value as
4319 CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
4320
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004321- CONFIG_SYS_SPI_INIT_OFFSET
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004322
4323 Defines offset to the initial SPI buffer area in DPRAM. The
4324 area is used at an early stage (ROM part) if the environment
4325 is configured to reside in the SPI EEPROM: We need a 520 byte
4326 scratch DPRAM area. It is used between the two initialization
4327 calls (spi_init_f() and spi_init_r()). A value of 0xB00 seems
4328 to be a good choice since it makes it far enough from the
4329 start of the data area as well as from the stack pointer.
4330
Bruce Adlere881cb52007-11-02 13:15:42 -07004331Please note that the environment is read-only until the monitor
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004332has been relocated to RAM and a RAM copy of the environment has been
Wolfgang Denkcdb74972010-07-24 21:55:43 +02004333created; also, when using EEPROM you will have to use getenv_f()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004334until then to read environment variables.
4335
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00004336The environment is protected by a CRC32 checksum. Before the monitor
4337is relocated into RAM, as a result of a bad CRC you will be working
4338with the compiled-in default environment - *silently*!!! [This is
4339necessary, because the first environment variable we need is the
4340"baudrate" setting for the console - if we have a bad CRC, we don't
4341have any device yet where we could complain.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004342
4343Note: once the monitor has been relocated, then it will complain if
4344the default environment is used; a new CRC is computed as soon as you
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00004345use the "saveenv" command to store a valid environment.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004346
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004347- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_ECHO_LINK_DOWN:
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00004348 Echo the inverted Ethernet link state to the fault LED.
wdenkfc3e2162003-10-08 22:33:00 +00004349
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004350 Note: If this option is active, then CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR
wdenkfc3e2162003-10-08 22:33:00 +00004351 also needs to be defined.
4352
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004353- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR:
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00004354 MII address of the PHY to check for the Ethernet link state.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004355
Ron Madridf5675aa2009-02-18 14:30:44 -08004356- CONFIG_NS16550_MIN_FUNCTIONS:
4357 Define this if you desire to only have use of the NS16550_init
4358 and NS16550_putc functions for the serial driver located at
4359 drivers/serial/ns16550.c. This option is useful for saving
4360 space for already greatly restricted images, including but not
4361 limited to NAND_SPL configurations.
4362
Simon Glassb2b92f52012-11-30 13:01:18 +00004363- CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO
4364 Display information about the board that U-Boot is running on
4365 when U-Boot starts up. The board function checkboard() is called
4366 to do this.
4367
Simon Glasse2e3e2b2012-11-30 13:01:19 +00004368- CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO_LATE
4369 Similar to the previous option, but display this information
4370 later, once stdio is running and output goes to the LCD, if
4371 present.
4372
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004373Low Level (hardware related) configuration options:
wdenkdc7c9a12003-03-26 06:55:25 +00004374---------------------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004375
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004376- CONFIG_SYS_CACHELINE_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004377 Cache Line Size of the CPU.
4378
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004379- CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004380 Default address of the IMMR after system reset.
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00004381
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00004382 Needed on some 8260 systems (MPC8260ADS, PQ2FADS-ZU,
4383 and RPXsuper) to be able to adjust the position of
4384 the IMMR register after a reset.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004385
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05004386- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT:
4387 Default (power-on reset) physical address of CCSR on Freescale
4388 PowerPC SOCs.
4389
4390- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR:
4391 Virtual address of CCSR. On a 32-bit build, this is typically
4392 the same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT.
4393
4394 CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR must also be set to this value,
4395 for cross-platform code that uses that macro instead.
4396
4397- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS:
4398 Physical address of CCSR. CCSR can be relocated to a new
4399 physical address, if desired. In this case, this macro should
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004400 be set to that address. Otherwise, it should be set to the
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05004401 same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT. For example, CCSR
4402 is typically relocated on 36-bit builds. It is recommended
4403 that this macro be defined via the _HIGH and _LOW macros:
4404
4405 #define CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS ((CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH
4406 * 1ull) << 32 | CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW)
4407
4408- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH:
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02004409 Bits 33-36 of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This value is typically
4410 either 0 (32-bit build) or 0xF (36-bit build). This macro is
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05004411 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
4412 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
4413
4414- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW:
4415 Lower 32-bits of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This macro is
4416 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
4417 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
4418
4419- CONFIG_SYS_CCSR_DO_NOT_RELOCATE:
4420 If this macro is defined, then CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS will be
4421 forced to a value that ensures that CCSR is not relocated.
4422
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004423- Floppy Disk Support:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004424 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004425
4426 the default drive number (default value 0)
4427
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004428 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004429
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004430 defines the spacing between FDC chipset registers
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004431 (default value 1)
4432
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004433 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004434
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004435 defines the offset of register from address. It
4436 depends on which part of the data bus is connected to
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004437 the FDC chipset. (default value 0)
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004438
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004439 If CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET and
4440 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER are undefined, they take their
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004441 default value.
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004442
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004443 if CONFIG_SYS_FDC_HW_INIT is defined, then the function
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004444 fdc_hw_init() is called at the beginning of the FDC
4445 setup. fdc_hw_init() must be provided by the board
4446 source code. It is used to make hardware dependant
4447 initializations.
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004448
Macpaul Lin0abddf82011-04-11 20:45:32 +00004449- CONFIG_IDE_AHB:
4450 Most IDE controllers were designed to be connected with PCI
4451 interface. Only few of them were designed for AHB interface.
4452 When software is doing ATA command and data transfer to
4453 IDE devices through IDE-AHB controller, some additional
4454 registers accessing to these kind of IDE-AHB controller
4455 is requierd.
4456
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004457- CONFIG_SYS_IMMR: Physical address of the Internal Memory.
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004458 DO NOT CHANGE unless you know exactly what you're
wdenk25d67122004-12-10 11:40:40 +00004459 doing! (11-4) [MPC8xx/82xx systems only]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004460
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004461- CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004462
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00004463 Start address of memory area that can be used for
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004464 initial data and stack; please note that this must be
4465 writable memory that is working WITHOUT special
4466 initialization, i. e. you CANNOT use normal RAM which
4467 will become available only after programming the
4468 memory controller and running certain initialization
4469 sequences.
4470
4471 U-Boot uses the following memory types:
4472 - MPC8xx and MPC8260: IMMR (internal memory of the CPU)
4473 - MPC824X: data cache
4474 - PPC4xx: data cache
4475
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004476- CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004477
4478 Offset of the initial data structure in the memory
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004479 area defined by CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR. Usually
4480 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET is chosen such that the initial
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004481 data is located at the end of the available space
Wolfgang Denk553f0982010-10-26 13:32:32 +02004482 (sometimes written as (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE -
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004483 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_DATA_SIZE), and the initial stack is just
4484 below that area (growing from (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR +
4485 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET) downward.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004486
4487 Note:
4488 On the MPC824X (or other systems that use the data
4489 cache for initial memory) the address chosen for
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004490 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR is basically arbitrary - it must
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004491 point to an otherwise UNUSED address space between
4492 the top of RAM and the start of the PCI space.
4493
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004494- CONFIG_SYS_SIUMCR: SIU Module Configuration (11-6)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004495
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004496- CONFIG_SYS_SYPCR: System Protection Control (11-9)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004497
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004498- CONFIG_SYS_TBSCR: Time Base Status and Control (11-26)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004499
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004500- CONFIG_SYS_PISCR: Periodic Interrupt Status and Control (11-31)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004501
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004502- CONFIG_SYS_PLPRCR: PLL, Low-Power, and Reset Control Register (15-30)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004503
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004504- CONFIG_SYS_SCCR: System Clock and reset Control Register (15-27)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004505
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004506- CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004507 SDRAM timing
4508
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004509- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004510 periodic timer for refresh
4511
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004512- CONFIG_SYS_DER: Debug Event Register (37-47)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004513
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004514- FLASH_BASE0_PRELIM, FLASH_BASE1_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_REMAP_OR_AM,
4515 CONFIG_SYS_PRELIM_OR_AM, CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_FLASH, CONFIG_SYS_OR0_REMAP,
4516 CONFIG_SYS_OR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_REMAP, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_PRELIM,
4517 CONFIG_SYS_BR1_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004518 Memory Controller Definitions: BR0/1 and OR0/1 (FLASH)
4519
4520- SDRAM_BASE2_PRELIM, SDRAM_BASE3_PRELIM, SDRAM_MAX_SIZE,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004521 CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM, CONFIG_SYS_OR2_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR2_PRELIM,
4522 CONFIG_SYS_OR3_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR3_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004523 Memory Controller Definitions: BR2/3 and OR2/3 (SDRAM)
4524
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004525- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_8K,
4526 CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_8K, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_8COL, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_9COL:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004527 Machine Mode Register and Memory Periodic Timer
4528 Prescaler definitions (SDRAM timing)
4529
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004530- CONFIG_SYS_I2C_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004531 enable I2C microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4532 define relocation offset in DPRAM [DSP2]
4533
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004534- CONFIG_SYS_SMC_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SMC_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
Heiko Schocherb423d052008-01-11 01:12:07 +01004535 enable SMC microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4536 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SMC1]
4537
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004538- CONFIG_SYS_SPI_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SPI_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004539 enable SPI microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4540 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SCC4]
4541
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004542- CONFIG_SYS_USE_OSCCLK:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004543 Use OSCM clock mode on MBX8xx board. Be careful,
4544 wrong setting might damage your board. Read
4545 doc/README.MBX before setting this variable!
4546
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004547- CONFIG_SYS_CPM_POST_WORD_ADDR: (MPC8xx, MPC8260 only)
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004548 Offset of the bootmode word in DPRAM used by post
4549 (Power On Self Tests). This definition overrides
4550 #define'd default value in commproc.h resp.
4551 cpm_8260.h.
wdenkea909b72002-11-21 23:11:29 +00004552
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004553- CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_PICMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
4554 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR0_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK0_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR1_LOCAL,
4555 CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK1_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_BUS,
4556 CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_MEM_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
4557 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_BUS, CPU_PCI_MEMIO_START,
4558 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR1_MASK_ATTRIB, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_LOCAL,
4559 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_IO_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_SIZE,
4560 CONFIG_SYS_POCMR2_MASK_ATTRIB: (MPC826x only)
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004561 Overrides the default PCI memory map in arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8260/pci.c if set.
wdenk5d232d02003-05-22 22:52:13 +00004562
Dirk Eibach9cacf4f2009-02-09 08:18:34 +01004563- CONFIG_PCI_DISABLE_PCIE:
4564 Disable PCI-Express on systems where it is supported but not
4565 required.
4566
Andrew Sharp69fd2d32012-08-29 14:16:32 +00004567- CONFIG_PCI_ENUM_ONLY
4568 Only scan through and get the devices on the busses.
4569 Don't do any setup work, presumably because someone or
4570 something has already done it, and we don't need to do it
4571 a second time. Useful for platforms that are pre-booted
4572 by coreboot or similar.
4573
Gabor Juhos842033e2013-05-30 07:06:12 +00004574- CONFIG_PCI_INDIRECT_BRIDGE:
4575 Enable support for indirect PCI bridges.
4576
Kumar Galaa09b9b62010-12-30 12:09:53 -06004577- CONFIG_SYS_SRIO:
4578 Chip has SRIO or not
4579
4580- CONFIG_SRIO1:
4581 Board has SRIO 1 port available
4582
4583- CONFIG_SRIO2:
4584 Board has SRIO 2 port available
4585
Liu Gangc8b28152013-05-07 16:30:46 +08004586- CONFIG_SRIO_PCIE_BOOT_MASTER
4587 Board can support master function for Boot from SRIO and PCIE
4588
Kumar Galaa09b9b62010-12-30 12:09:53 -06004589- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_VIRT:
4590 Virtual Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4591
4592- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_PHYS:
4593 Physical Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4594
4595- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_SIZE:
4596 Size of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4597
Fabio Estevam66bd1842013-04-11 09:35:34 +00004598- CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BUSWIDTH_16BIT
4599 Defined to tell the NAND controller that the NAND chip is using
4600 a 16 bit bus.
4601 Not all NAND drivers use this symbol.
Fabio Estevama430e912013-04-11 09:35:35 +00004602 Example of drivers that use it:
Fabio Estevam66bd1842013-04-11 09:35:34 +00004603 - drivers/mtd/nand/ndfc.c
Fabio Estevama430e912013-04-11 09:35:35 +00004604 - drivers/mtd/nand/mxc_nand.c
Alex Watermaneced4622011-05-19 15:08:36 -04004605
4606- CONFIG_SYS_NDFC_EBC0_CFG
4607 Sets the EBC0_CFG register for the NDFC. If not defined
4608 a default value will be used.
4609
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04004610- CONFIG_SPD_EEPROM
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004611 Get DDR timing information from an I2C EEPROM. Common
4612 with pluggable memory modules such as SODIMMs
4613
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04004614 SPD_EEPROM_ADDRESS
4615 I2C address of the SPD EEPROM
4616
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004617- CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004618 If SPD EEPROM is on an I2C bus other than the first
4619 one, specify here. Note that the value must resolve
4620 to something your driver can deal with.
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04004621
York Sun1b3e3c42011-06-07 09:42:16 +08004622- CONFIG_SYS_DDR_RAW_TIMING
4623 Get DDR timing information from other than SPD. Common with
4624 soldered DDR chips onboard without SPD. DDR raw timing
4625 parameters are extracted from datasheet and hard-coded into
4626 header files or board specific files.
4627
York Sun6f5e1dc2011-09-16 13:21:35 -07004628- CONFIG_FSL_DDR_INTERACTIVE
4629 Enable interactive DDR debugging. See doc/README.fsl-ddr.
4630
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004631- CONFIG_SYS_83XX_DDR_USES_CS0
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004632 Only for 83xx systems. If specified, then DDR should
4633 be configured using CS0 and CS1 instead of CS2 and CS3.
Timur Tabi2ad6b512006-10-31 18:44:42 -06004634
wdenkc26e4542004-04-18 10:13:26 +00004635- CONFIG_ETHER_ON_FEC[12]
4636 Define to enable FEC[12] on a 8xx series processor.
4637
4638- CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY
4639 Define to the hardcoded PHY address which corresponds
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00004640 to the given FEC; i. e.
4641 #define CONFIG_FEC1_PHY 4
wdenkc26e4542004-04-18 10:13:26 +00004642 means that the PHY with address 4 is connected to FEC1
4643
4644 When set to -1, means to probe for first available.
4645
4646- CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY_NORXERR
4647 The PHY does not have a RXERR line (RMII only).
4648 (so program the FEC to ignore it).
4649
4650- CONFIG_RMII
4651 Enable RMII mode for all FECs.
4652 Note that this is a global option, we can't
4653 have one FEC in standard MII mode and another in RMII mode.
4654
wdenk5cf91d62004-04-23 20:32:05 +00004655- CONFIG_CRC32_VERIFY
4656 Add a verify option to the crc32 command.
4657 The syntax is:
4658
4659 => crc32 -v <address> <count> <crc32>
4660
4661 Where address/count indicate a memory area
4662 and crc32 is the correct crc32 which the
4663 area should have.
4664
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00004665- CONFIG_LOOPW
4666 Add the "loopw" memory command. This only takes effect if
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05004667 the memory commands are activated globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00004668
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004669- CONFIG_MX_CYCLIC
4670 Add the "mdc" and "mwc" memory commands. These are cyclic
4671 "md/mw" commands.
4672 Examples:
4673
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004674 => mdc.b 10 4 500
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004675 This command will print 4 bytes (10,11,12,13) each 500 ms.
4676
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004677 => mwc.l 100 12345678 10
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004678 This command will write 12345678 to address 100 all 10 ms.
4679
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004680 This only takes effect if the memory commands are activated
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05004681 globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004682
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00004683- CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00004684 [ARM, NDS32, MIPS only] If this variable is defined, then certain
Wolfgang Denk844f07d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01004685 low level initializations (like setting up the memory
4686 controller) are omitted and/or U-Boot does not
4687 relocate itself into RAM.
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00004688
Wolfgang Denk844f07d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01004689 Normally this variable MUST NOT be defined. The only
4690 exception is when U-Boot is loaded (to RAM) by some
4691 other boot loader or by a debugger which performs
4692 these initializations itself.
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00004693
Aneesh V401bb302011-07-13 05:11:07 +00004694- CONFIG_SPL_BUILD
Magnus Liljadf812382009-06-13 20:50:00 +02004695 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader
4696 that is executed before the actual U-Boot. E.g. when
4697 compiling a NAND SPL.
wdenk400558b2005-04-02 23:52:25 +00004698
Ying Zhang3aa29de2013-08-16 15:16:15 +08004699- CONFIG_TPL_BUILD
4700 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader
4701 that is executed after the SPL and before the actual U-Boot.
4702 It is loaded by the SPL.
4703
Ying Zhang5df572f2013-05-20 14:07:23 +08004704- CONFIG_SYS_MPC85XX_NO_RESETVEC
4705 Only for 85xx systems. If this variable is specified, the section
4706 .resetvec is not kept and the section .bootpg is placed in the
4707 previous 4k of the .text section.
4708
Simon Glass4213fc22013-02-24 17:33:14 +00004709- CONFIG_ARCH_MAP_SYSMEM
4710 Generally U-Boot (and in particular the md command) uses
4711 effective address. It is therefore not necessary to regard
4712 U-Boot address as virtual addresses that need to be translated
4713 to physical addresses. However, sandbox requires this, since
4714 it maintains its own little RAM buffer which contains all
4715 addressable memory. This option causes some memory accesses
4716 to be mapped through map_sysmem() / unmap_sysmem().
4717
Matthias Weisserd8834a12011-03-10 21:36:32 +00004718- CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMCPY
4719 CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMSET
4720 If these options are used a optimized version of memcpy/memset will
4721 be used if available. These functions may be faster under some
4722 conditions but may increase the binary size.
4723
Simon Glass588a13f2013-02-14 04:18:54 +00004724- CONFIG_X86_RESET_VECTOR
4725 If defined, the x86 reset vector code is included. This is not
4726 needed when U-Boot is running from Coreboot.
Gabe Blackb16f5212012-11-27 21:08:06 +00004727
Mark Jacksonfc337052013-03-04 01:27:20 +00004728- CONFIG_SYS_MPUCLK
4729 Defines the MPU clock speed (in MHz).
4730
4731 NOTE : currently only supported on AM335x platforms.
Gabe Black5b5ece92012-11-29 16:23:41 +00004732
Heiko Schocher16678eb2013-11-04 14:05:00 +01004733- CONFIG_SPL_AM33XX_ENABLE_RTC32K_OSC:
4734 Enables the RTC32K OSC on AM33xx based plattforms
4735
Karicheri, Muralidharan999d7d32014-04-04 13:16:50 -04004736- CONFIG_SYS_NAND_NO_SUBPAGE_WRITE
4737 Option to disable subpage write in NAND driver
4738 driver that uses this:
4739 drivers/mtd/nand/davinci_nand.c
4740
Timur Tabif2717b42011-11-22 09:21:25 -06004741Freescale QE/FMAN Firmware Support:
4742-----------------------------------
4743
4744The Freescale QUICCEngine (QE) and Frame Manager (FMAN) both support the
4745loading of "firmware", which is encoded in the QE firmware binary format.
4746This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros
4747are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address
4748within that device.
4749
Zhao Qiangdcf1d772014-03-21 16:21:44 +08004750- CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR
4751 The address in the storage device where the FMAN microcode is located. The
4752 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro
4753 is also specified.
4754
4755- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_ADDR
4756 The address in the storage device where the QE microcode is located. The
Timur Tabif2717b42011-11-22 09:21:25 -06004757 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro
4758 is also specified.
4759
4760- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_LENGTH
4761 The maximum possible size of the firmware. The firmware binary format
4762 has a field that specifies the actual size of the firmware, but it
4763 might not be possible to read any part of the firmware unless some
4764 local storage is allocated to hold the entire firmware first.
4765
4766- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NOR
4767 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NOR flash, mapped as
4768 normal addressable memory via the LBC. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the
4769 virtual address in NOR flash.
4770
4771- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NAND
4772 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NAND flash.
4773 CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the offset within NAND flash.
4774
4775- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_MMC
4776 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SD/MMC
4777 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
4778
4779- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_SPIFLASH
4780 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SPI
4781 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
4782
Liu Gang292dc6c2012-03-08 00:33:18 +00004783- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_REMOTE
4784 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in the remote (master)
4785 memory space. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is a virtual address which
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00004786 can be mapped from slave TLB->slave LAW->slave SRIO or PCIE outbound
4787 window->master inbound window->master LAW->the ucode address in
4788 master's memory space.
Timur Tabif2717b42011-11-22 09:21:25 -06004789
J. German Riverab940ca62014-06-23 15:15:55 -07004790Freescale Layerscape Management Complex Firmware Support:
4791---------------------------------------------------------
4792The Freescale Layerscape Management Complex (MC) supports the loading of
4793"firmware".
4794This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros
4795are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address
4796within that device.
4797
4798- CONFIG_FSL_MC_ENET
4799 Enable the MC driver for Layerscape SoCs.
4800
4801- CONFIG_SYS_LS_MC_FW_ADDR
4802 The address in the storage device where the firmware is located. The
4803 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_LS_MC_FW_IN_xxx macro
4804 is also specified.
4805
4806- CONFIG_SYS_LS_MC_FW_LENGTH
4807 The maximum possible size of the firmware. The firmware binary format
4808 has a field that specifies the actual size of the firmware, but it
4809 might not be possible to read any part of the firmware unless some
4810 local storage is allocated to hold the entire firmware first.
4811
4812- CONFIG_SYS_LS_MC_FW_IN_NOR
4813 Specifies that MC firmware is located in NOR flash, mapped as
4814 normal addressable memory via the LBC. CONFIG_SYS_LS_MC_FW_ADDR is the
4815 virtual address in NOR flash.
4816
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004817Building the Software:
4818======================
4819
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004820Building U-Boot has been tested in several native build environments
4821and in many different cross environments. Of course we cannot support
4822all possibly existing versions of cross development tools in all
4823(potentially obsolete) versions. In case of tool chain problems we
4824recommend to use the ELDK (see http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/ELDK)
4825which is extensively used to build and test U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004826
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004827If you are not using a native environment, it is assumed that you
4828have GNU cross compiling tools available in your path. In this case,
4829you must set the environment variable CROSS_COMPILE in your shell.
4830Note that no changes to the Makefile or any other source files are
4831necessary. For example using the ELDK on a 4xx CPU, please enter:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004832
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004833 $ CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_4xx-
4834 $ export CROSS_COMPILE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004835
Peter Tyser2f8d3962009-03-13 18:54:51 -05004836Note: If you wish to generate Windows versions of the utilities in
4837 the tools directory you can use the MinGW toolchain
4838 (http://www.mingw.org). Set your HOST tools to the MinGW
4839 toolchain and execute 'make tools'. For example:
4840
4841 $ make HOSTCC=i586-mingw32msvc-gcc HOSTSTRIP=i586-mingw32msvc-strip tools
4842
4843 Binaries such as tools/mkimage.exe will be created which can
4844 be executed on computers running Windows.
4845
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004846U-Boot is intended to be simple to build. After installing the
4847sources you must configure U-Boot for one specific board type. This
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004848is done by typing:
4849
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02004850 make NAME_defconfig
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004851
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02004852where "NAME_defconfig" is the name of one of the existing configu-
Michael Jones4d675ae2012-03-15 22:48:10 +00004853rations; see boards.cfg for supported names.
wdenk54387ac2003-10-08 22:45:44 +00004854
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004855Note: for some board special configuration names may exist; check if
4856 additional information is available from the board vendor; for
4857 instance, the TQM823L systems are available without (standard)
4858 or with LCD support. You can select such additional "features"
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004859 when choosing the configuration, i. e.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004860
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02004861 make TQM823L_defconfig
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004862 - will configure for a plain TQM823L, i. e. no LCD support
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004863
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02004864 make TQM823L_LCD_defconfig
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004865 - will configure for a TQM823L with U-Boot console on LCD
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004866
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004867 etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004868
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004869
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004870Finally, type "make all", and you should get some working U-Boot
4871images ready for download to / installation on your system:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004872
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004873- "u-boot.bin" is a raw binary image
4874- "u-boot" is an image in ELF binary format
4875- "u-boot.srec" is in Motorola S-Record format
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004876
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004877By default the build is performed locally and the objects are saved
4878in the source directory. One of the two methods can be used to change
4879this behavior and build U-Boot to some external directory:
4880
48811. Add O= to the make command line invocations:
4882
4883 make O=/tmp/build distclean
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02004884 make O=/tmp/build NAME_defconfig
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004885 make O=/tmp/build all
4886
48872. Set environment variable BUILD_DIR to point to the desired location:
4888
4889 export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build
4890 make distclean
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02004891 make NAME_defconfig
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004892 make all
4893
4894Note that the command line "O=" setting overrides the BUILD_DIR environment
4895variable.
4896
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004897
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004898Please be aware that the Makefiles assume you are using GNU make, so
4899for instance on NetBSD you might need to use "gmake" instead of
4900native "make".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004901
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004902
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004903If the system board that you have is not listed, then you will need
4904to port U-Boot to your hardware platform. To do this, follow these
4905steps:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004906
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +000049071. Add a new configuration option for your board to the toplevel
Michael Jones4d675ae2012-03-15 22:48:10 +00004908 "boards.cfg" file, using the existing entries as examples.
4909 Follow the instructions there to keep the boards in order.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +000049102. Create a new directory to hold your board specific code. Add any
4911 files you need. In your board directory, you will need at least
4912 the "Makefile", a "<board>.c", "flash.c" and "u-boot.lds".
49133. Create a new configuration file "include/configs/<board>.h" for
4914 your board
49153. If you're porting U-Boot to a new CPU, then also create a new
4916 directory to hold your CPU specific code. Add any files you need.
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +020049174. Run "make <board>_defconfig" with your new name.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +000049185. Type "make", and you should get a working "u-boot.srec" file
4919 to be installed on your target system.
49206. Debug and solve any problems that might arise.
4921 [Of course, this last step is much harder than it sounds.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004922
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004923
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004924Testing of U-Boot Modifications, Ports to New Hardware, etc.:
4925==============================================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004926
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004927If you have modified U-Boot sources (for instance added a new board
4928or support for new devices, a new CPU, etc.) you are expected to
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004929provide feedback to the other developers. The feedback normally takes
4930the form of a "patch", i. e. a context diff against a certain (latest
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004931official or latest in the git repository) version of U-Boot sources.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004932
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004933But before you submit such a patch, please verify that your modifi-
4934cation did not break existing code. At least make sure that *ALL* of
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004935the supported boards compile WITHOUT ANY compiler warnings. To do so,
4936just run the "MAKEALL" script, which will configure and build U-Boot
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004937for ALL supported system. Be warned, this will take a while. You can
4938select which (cross) compiler to use by passing a `CROSS_COMPILE'
4939environment variable to the script, i. e. to use the ELDK cross tools
4940you can type
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004941
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004942 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004943
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004944or to build on a native PowerPC system you can type
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004945
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004946 CROSS_COMPILE=' ' MAKEALL
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004947
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004948When using the MAKEALL script, the default behaviour is to build
4949U-Boot in the source directory. This location can be changed by
4950setting the BUILD_DIR environment variable. Also, for each target
4951built, the MAKEALL script saves two log files (<target>.ERR and
4952<target>.MAKEALL) in the <source dir>/LOG directory. This default
4953location can be changed by setting the MAKEALL_LOGDIR environment
4954variable. For example:
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004955
4956 export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build
4957 export MAKEALL_LOGDIR=/tmp/log
4958 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL
4959
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004960With the above settings build objects are saved in the /tmp/build,
4961log files are saved in the /tmp/log and the source tree remains clean
4962during the whole build process.
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004963
4964
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004965See also "U-Boot Porting Guide" below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004966
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004967
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004968Monitor Commands - Overview:
4969============================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004970
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004971go - start application at address 'addr'
4972run - run commands in an environment variable
4973bootm - boot application image from memory
4974bootp - boot image via network using BootP/TFTP protocol
Marek Vasut44f074c2012-03-14 21:52:45 +00004975bootz - boot zImage from memory
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004976tftpboot- boot image via network using TFTP protocol
4977 and env variables "ipaddr" and "serverip"
4978 (and eventually "gatewayip")
Simon Glass1fb7cd42011-10-24 18:00:07 +00004979tftpput - upload a file via network using TFTP protocol
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004980rarpboot- boot image via network using RARP/TFTP protocol
4981diskboot- boot from IDE devicebootd - boot default, i.e., run 'bootcmd'
4982loads - load S-Record file over serial line
4983loadb - load binary file over serial line (kermit mode)
4984md - memory display
4985mm - memory modify (auto-incrementing)
4986nm - memory modify (constant address)
4987mw - memory write (fill)
4988cp - memory copy
4989cmp - memory compare
4990crc32 - checksum calculation
Peter Tyser0f89c542009-04-18 22:34:03 -05004991i2c - I2C sub-system
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004992sspi - SPI utility commands
4993base - print or set address offset
4994printenv- print environment variables
4995setenv - set environment variables
4996saveenv - save environment variables to persistent storage
4997protect - enable or disable FLASH write protection
4998erase - erase FLASH memory
4999flinfo - print FLASH memory information
Karl O. Pinc10635af2012-08-03 05:57:21 +00005000nand - NAND memory operations (see doc/README.nand)
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005001bdinfo - print Board Info structure
5002iminfo - print header information for application image
5003coninfo - print console devices and informations
5004ide - IDE sub-system
5005loop - infinite loop on address range
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00005006loopw - infinite write loop on address range
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005007mtest - simple RAM test
5008icache - enable or disable instruction cache
5009dcache - enable or disable data cache
5010reset - Perform RESET of the CPU
5011echo - echo args to console
5012version - print monitor version
5013help - print online help
5014? - alias for 'help'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005015
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005016
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005017Monitor Commands - Detailed Description:
5018========================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005019
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005020TODO.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005021
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005022For now: just type "help <command>".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005023
5024
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005025Environment Variables:
5026======================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005027
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005028U-Boot supports user configuration using Environment Variables which
5029can be made persistent by saving to Flash memory.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005030
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005031Environment Variables are set using "setenv", printed using
5032"printenv", and saved to Flash using "saveenv". Using "setenv"
5033without a value can be used to delete a variable from the
5034environment. As long as you don't save the environment you are
5035working with an in-memory copy. In case the Flash area containing the
5036environment is erased by accident, a default environment is provided.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005037
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01005038Some configuration options can be set using Environment Variables.
5039
5040List of environment variables (most likely not complete):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005041
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005042 baudrate - see CONFIG_BAUDRATE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005043
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005044 bootdelay - see CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005045
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005046 bootcmd - see CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005047
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005048 bootargs - Boot arguments when booting an RTOS image
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005049
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005050 bootfile - Name of the image to load with TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005051
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02005052 bootm_low - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
5053 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
5054 a hexadecimal number and defines lowest address allowed
5055 for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_size"
5056 environment variable. Address defined by "bootm_low" is
5057 also the base of the initial memory mapping for the Linux
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00005058 kernel -- see the description of CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ and
5059 bootm_mapsize.
5060
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00005061 bootm_mapsize - Size of the initial memory mapping for the Linux kernel.
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00005062 This variable is given as a hexadecimal number and it
5063 defines the size of the memory region starting at base
5064 address bootm_low that is accessible by the Linux kernel
5065 during early boot. If unset, CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is used
5066 as the default value if it is defined, and bootm_size is
5067 used otherwise.
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02005068
5069 bootm_size - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
5070 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
5071 a hexadecimal number and defines the size of the region
5072 allowed for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_low"
5073 environment variable.
5074
Bartlomiej Sieka4bae9092008-10-01 15:26:31 +02005075 updatefile - Location of the software update file on a TFTP server, used
5076 by the automatic software update feature. Please refer to
5077 documentation in doc/README.update for more details.
5078
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005079 autoload - if set to "no" (any string beginning with 'n'),
5080 "bootp" will just load perform a lookup of the
5081 configuration from the BOOTP server, but not try to
5082 load any image using TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005083
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005084 autostart - if set to "yes", an image loaded using the "bootp",
5085 "rarpboot", "tftpboot" or "diskboot" commands will
5086 be automatically started (by internally calling
5087 "bootm")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005088
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005089 If set to "no", a standalone image passed to the
5090 "bootm" command will be copied to the load address
5091 (and eventually uncompressed), but NOT be started.
5092 This can be used to load and uncompress arbitrary
5093 data.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005094
David A. Longa28afca2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04005095 fdt_high - if set this restricts the maximum address that the
5096 flattened device tree will be copied into upon boot.
Shawn Guofa34f6b2012-01-09 21:54:08 +00005097 For example, if you have a system with 1 GB memory
5098 at physical address 0x10000000, while Linux kernel
5099 only recognizes the first 704 MB as low memory, you
5100 may need to set fdt_high as 0x3C000000 to have the
5101 device tree blob be copied to the maximum address
5102 of the 704 MB low memory, so that Linux kernel can
5103 access it during the boot procedure.
5104
David A. Longa28afca2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04005105 If this is set to the special value 0xFFFFFFFF then
5106 the fdt will not be copied at all on boot. For this
5107 to work it must reside in writable memory, have
5108 sufficient padding on the end of it for u-boot to
5109 add the information it needs into it, and the memory
5110 must be accessible by the kernel.
5111
Simon Glasseea63e02011-10-24 19:15:34 +00005112 fdtcontroladdr- if set this is the address of the control flattened
5113 device tree used by U-Boot when CONFIG_OF_CONTROL is
5114 defined.
5115
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00005116 i2cfast - (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
5117 if set to 'y' configures Linux I2C driver for fast
5118 mode (400kHZ). This environment variable is used in
5119 initialization code. So, for changes to be effective
5120 it must be saved and board must be reset.
5121
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005122 initrd_high - restrict positioning of initrd images:
5123 If this variable is not set, initrd images will be
5124 copied to the highest possible address in RAM; this
5125 is usually what you want since it allows for
5126 maximum initrd size. If for some reason you want to
5127 make sure that the initrd image is loaded below the
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02005128 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ limit, you can set this environment
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005129 variable to a value of "no" or "off" or "0".
5130 Alternatively, you can set it to a maximum upper
5131 address to use (U-Boot will still check that it
5132 does not overwrite the U-Boot stack and data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005133
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005134 For instance, when you have a system with 16 MB
5135 RAM, and want to reserve 4 MB from use by Linux,
5136 you can do this by adding "mem=12M" to the value of
5137 the "bootargs" variable. However, now you must make
5138 sure that the initrd image is placed in the first
5139 12 MB as well - this can be done with
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005140
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005141 setenv initrd_high 00c00000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005142
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005143 If you set initrd_high to 0xFFFFFFFF, this is an
5144 indication to U-Boot that all addresses are legal
5145 for the Linux kernel, including addresses in flash
5146 memory. In this case U-Boot will NOT COPY the
5147 ramdisk at all. This may be useful to reduce the
5148 boot time on your system, but requires that this
5149 feature is supported by your Linux kernel.
wdenk4a6fd342003-04-12 23:38:12 +00005150
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005151 ipaddr - IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005152
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005153 loadaddr - Default load address for commands like "bootp",
5154 "rarpboot", "tftpboot", "loadb" or "diskboot"
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005155
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005156 loads_echo - see CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005157
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005158 serverip - TFTP server IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenk38b99262003-05-23 23:18:21 +00005159
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005160 bootretry - see CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005161
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005162 bootdelaykey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005163
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005164 bootstopkey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005165
Mike Frysingere2a53452011-10-02 10:01:27 +00005166 ethprime - controls which interface is used first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005167
Mike Frysingere2a53452011-10-02 10:01:27 +00005168 ethact - controls which interface is currently active.
5169 For example you can do the following
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005170
Heiko Schocher48690d82010-07-20 17:45:02 +02005171 => setenv ethact FEC
5172 => ping 192.168.0.1 # traffic sent on FEC
5173 => setenv ethact SCC
5174 => ping 10.0.0.1 # traffic sent on SCC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005175
Matthias Fuchse1692572008-01-17 07:45:05 +01005176 ethrotate - When set to "no" U-Boot does not go through all
5177 available network interfaces.
5178 It just stays at the currently selected interface.
5179
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01005180 netretry - When set to "no" each network operation will
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005181 either succeed or fail without retrying.
5182 When set to "once" the network operation will
5183 fail when all the available network interfaces
5184 are tried once without success.
5185 Useful on scripts which control the retry operation
5186 themselves.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005187
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDb4e2f892009-01-31 09:53:39 +01005188 npe_ucode - set load address for the NPE microcode
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDa1cf0272008-01-07 08:41:34 +01005189
Simon Glass8d51aac2013-07-16 20:10:00 -07005190 silent_linux - If set then linux will be told to boot silently, by
5191 changing the console to be empty. If "yes" it will be
5192 made silent. If "no" it will not be made silent. If
5193 unset, then it will be made silent if the U-Boot console
5194 is silent.
5195
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02005196 tftpsrcport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02005197 UDP source port.
5198
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02005199 tftpdstport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's UDP
5200 destination port instead of the Well Know Port 69.
5201
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01005202 tftpblocksize - Block size to use for TFTP transfers; if not set,
5203 we use the TFTP server's default block size
5204
5205 tftptimeout - Retransmission timeout for TFTP packets (in milli-
5206 seconds, minimum value is 1000 = 1 second). Defines
5207 when a packet is considered to be lost so it has to
5208 be retransmitted. The default is 5000 = 5 seconds.
5209 Lowering this value may make downloads succeed
5210 faster in networks with high packet loss rates or
5211 with unreliable TFTP servers.
5212
5213 vlan - When set to a value < 4095 the traffic over
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005214 Ethernet is encapsulated/received over 802.1q
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005215 VLAN tagged frames.
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00005216
Jason Hobbsdc0b7b02011-08-31 05:37:28 +00005217The following image location variables contain the location of images
5218used in booting. The "Image" column gives the role of the image and is
5219not an environment variable name. The other columns are environment
5220variable names. "File Name" gives the name of the file on a TFTP
5221server, "RAM Address" gives the location in RAM the image will be
5222loaded to, and "Flash Location" gives the image's address in NOR
5223flash or offset in NAND flash.
5224
5225*Note* - these variables don't have to be defined for all boards, some
5226boards currenlty use other variables for these purposes, and some
5227boards use these variables for other purposes.
5228
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00005229Image File Name RAM Address Flash Location
5230----- --------- ----------- --------------
5231u-boot u-boot u-boot_addr_r u-boot_addr
5232Linux kernel bootfile kernel_addr_r kernel_addr
5233device tree blob fdtfile fdt_addr_r fdt_addr
5234ramdisk ramdiskfile ramdisk_addr_r ramdisk_addr
Jason Hobbsdc0b7b02011-08-31 05:37:28 +00005235
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005236The following environment variables may be used and automatically
5237updated by the network boot commands ("bootp" and "rarpboot"),
5238depending the information provided by your boot server:
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00005239
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005240 bootfile - see above
5241 dnsip - IP address of your Domain Name Server
5242 dnsip2 - IP address of your secondary Domain Name Server
5243 gatewayip - IP address of the Gateway (Router) to use
5244 hostname - Target hostname
5245 ipaddr - see above
5246 netmask - Subnet Mask
5247 rootpath - Pathname of the root filesystem on the NFS server
5248 serverip - see above
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00005249
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00005250
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005251There are two special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005252
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005253 serial# - contains hardware identification information such
5254 as type string and/or serial number
5255 ethaddr - Ethernet address
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005256
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005257These variables can be set only once (usually during manufacturing of
5258the board). U-Boot refuses to delete or overwrite these variables
5259once they have been set once.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005260
5261
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005262Further special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005263
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005264 ver - Contains the U-Boot version string as printed
5265 with the "version" command. This variable is
5266 readonly (see CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005267
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005268
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005269Please note that changes to some configuration parameters may take
5270only effect after the next boot (yes, that's just like Windoze :-).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005271
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005272
Joe Hershberger170ab112012-12-11 22:16:24 -06005273Callback functions for environment variables:
5274---------------------------------------------
5275
5276For some environment variables, the behavior of u-boot needs to change
5277when their values are changed. This functionailty allows functions to
5278be associated with arbitrary variables. On creation, overwrite, or
5279deletion, the callback will provide the opportunity for some side
5280effect to happen or for the change to be rejected.
5281
5282The callbacks are named and associated with a function using the
5283U_BOOT_ENV_CALLBACK macro in your board or driver code.
5284
5285These callbacks are associated with variables in one of two ways. The
5286static list can be added to by defining CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_STATIC
5287in the board configuration to a string that defines a list of
5288associations. The list must be in the following format:
5289
5290 entry = variable_name[:callback_name]
5291 list = entry[,list]
5292
5293If the callback name is not specified, then the callback is deleted.
5294Spaces are also allowed anywhere in the list.
5295
5296Callbacks can also be associated by defining the ".callbacks" variable
5297with the same list format above. Any association in ".callbacks" will
5298override any association in the static list. You can define
5299CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_DEFAULT to a list (string) to define the
5300".callbacks" envirnoment variable in the default or embedded environment.
5301
5302
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005303Command Line Parsing:
5304=====================
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005305
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005306There are two different command line parsers available with U-Boot:
5307the old "simple" one, and the much more powerful "hush" shell:
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005308
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005309Old, simple command line parser:
5310--------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005311
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005312- supports environment variables (through setenv / saveenv commands)
5313- several commands on one line, separated by ';'
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01005314- variable substitution using "... ${name} ..." syntax
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005315- special characters ('$', ';') can be escaped by prefixing with '\',
5316 for example:
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01005317 setenv bootcmd bootm \${address}
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005318- You can also escape text by enclosing in single apostrophes, for example:
5319 setenv addip 'setenv bootargs $bootargs ip=$ipaddr:$serverip:$gatewayip:$netmask:$hostname::off'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005320
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005321Hush shell:
5322-----------
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005323
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005324- similar to Bourne shell, with control structures like
5325 if...then...else...fi, for...do...done; while...do...done,
5326 until...do...done, ...
5327- supports environment ("global") variables (through setenv / saveenv
5328 commands) and local shell variables (through standard shell syntax
5329 "name=value"); only environment variables can be used with "run"
5330 command
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005331
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005332General rules:
5333--------------
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005334
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005335(1) If a command line (or an environment variable executed by a "run"
5336 command) contains several commands separated by semicolon, and
5337 one of these commands fails, then the remaining commands will be
5338 executed anyway.
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005339
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005340(2) If you execute several variables with one call to run (i. e.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005341 calling run with a list of variables as arguments), any failing
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005342 command will cause "run" to terminate, i. e. the remaining
5343 variables are not executed.
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005344
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005345Note for Redundant Ethernet Interfaces:
5346=======================================
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005347
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005348Some boards come with redundant Ethernet interfaces; U-Boot supports
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005349such configurations and is capable of automatic selection of a
5350"working" interface when needed. MAC assignment works as follows:
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005351
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005352Network interfaces are numbered eth0, eth1, eth2, ... Corresponding
5353MAC addresses can be stored in the environment as "ethaddr" (=>eth0),
5354"eth1addr" (=>eth1), "eth2addr", ...
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005355
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005356If the network interface stores some valid MAC address (for instance
5357in SROM), this is used as default address if there is NO correspon-
5358ding setting in the environment; if the corresponding environment
5359variable is set, this overrides the settings in the card; that means:
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005360
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005361o If the SROM has a valid MAC address, and there is no address in the
5362 environment, the SROM's address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005363
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005364o If there is no valid address in the SROM, and a definition in the
5365 environment exists, then the value from the environment variable is
5366 used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005367
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005368o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and
5369 both addresses are the same, this MAC address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005370
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005371o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and the
5372 addresses differ, the value from the environment is used and a
5373 warning is printed.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005374
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005375o If neither SROM nor the environment contain a MAC address, an error
5376 is raised.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005377
Ben Warrenecee9322010-04-26 11:11:46 -07005378If Ethernet drivers implement the 'write_hwaddr' function, valid MAC addresses
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00005379will be programmed into hardware as part of the initialization process. This
Ben Warrenecee9322010-04-26 11:11:46 -07005380may be skipped by setting the appropriate 'ethmacskip' environment variable.
5381The naming convention is as follows:
5382"ethmacskip" (=>eth0), "eth1macskip" (=>eth1) etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005383
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005384Image Formats:
5385==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005386
Marian Balakowicz3310c542008-03-12 12:13:13 +01005387U-Boot is capable of booting (and performing other auxiliary operations on)
5388images in two formats:
5389
5390New uImage format (FIT)
5391-----------------------
5392
5393Flexible and powerful format based on Flattened Image Tree -- FIT (similar
5394to Flattened Device Tree). It allows the use of images with multiple
5395components (several kernels, ramdisks, etc.), with contents protected by
5396SHA1, MD5 or CRC32. More details are found in the doc/uImage.FIT directory.
5397
5398
5399Old uImage format
5400-----------------
5401
5402Old image format is based on binary files which can be basically anything,
5403preceded by a special header; see the definitions in include/image.h for
5404details; basically, the header defines the following image properties:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005405
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005406* Target Operating System (Provisions for OpenBSD, NetBSD, FreeBSD,
5407 4.4BSD, Linux, SVR4, Esix, Solaris, Irix, SCO, Dell, NCR, VxWorks,
Peter Tyserf5ed9e32008-09-08 14:56:49 -05005408 LynxOS, pSOS, QNX, RTEMS, INTEGRITY;
5409 Currently supported: Linux, NetBSD, VxWorks, QNX, RTEMS, LynxOS,
5410 INTEGRITY).
Wolfgang Denk7b64fef2006-10-24 14:21:16 +02005411* Target CPU Architecture (Provisions for Alpha, ARM, AVR32, Intel x86,
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00005412 IA64, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC, IBM S390, SuperH, Sparc, Sparc 64 Bit;
5413 Currently supported: ARM, AVR32, Intel x86, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC).
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005414* Compression Type (uncompressed, gzip, bzip2)
5415* Load Address
5416* Entry Point
5417* Image Name
5418* Image Timestamp
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005419
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005420The header is marked by a special Magic Number, and both the header
5421and the data portions of the image are secured against corruption by
5422CRC32 checksums.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005423
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005424
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005425Linux Support:
5426==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005427
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005428Although U-Boot should support any OS or standalone application
5429easily, the main focus has always been on Linux during the design of
5430U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005431
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005432U-Boot includes many features that so far have been part of some
5433special "boot loader" code within the Linux kernel. Also, any
5434"initrd" images to be used are no longer part of one big Linux image;
5435instead, kernel and "initrd" are separate images. This implementation
5436serves several purposes:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005437
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005438- the same features can be used for other OS or standalone
5439 applications (for instance: using compressed images to reduce the
5440 Flash memory footprint)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005441
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005442- it becomes much easier to port new Linux kernel versions because
5443 lots of low-level, hardware dependent stuff are done by U-Boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005444
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005445- the same Linux kernel image can now be used with different "initrd"
5446 images; of course this also means that different kernel images can
5447 be run with the same "initrd". This makes testing easier (you don't
5448 have to build a new "zImage.initrd" Linux image when you just
5449 change a file in your "initrd"). Also, a field-upgrade of the
5450 software is easier now.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005451
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005452
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005453Linux HOWTO:
5454============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005455
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005456Porting Linux to U-Boot based systems:
5457---------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005458
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005459U-Boot cannot save you from doing all the necessary modifications to
5460configure the Linux device drivers for use with your target hardware
5461(no, we don't intend to provide a full virtual machine interface to
5462Linux :-).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005463
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005464But now you can ignore ALL boot loader code (in arch/powerpc/mbxboot).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005465
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005466Just make sure your machine specific header file (for instance
5467include/asm-ppc/tqm8xx.h) includes the same definition of the Board
Markus Heidelberg1dc30692008-09-07 20:18:27 +02005468Information structure as we define in include/asm-<arch>/u-boot.h,
5469and make sure that your definition of IMAP_ADDR uses the same value
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02005470as your U-Boot configuration in CONFIG_SYS_IMMR.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005471
Simon Glass2eb31b12014-06-11 23:29:46 -06005472Note that U-Boot now has a driver model, a unified model for drivers.
5473If you are adding a new driver, plumb it into driver model. If there
5474is no uclass available, you are encouraged to create one. See
5475doc/driver-model.
5476
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005477
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005478Configuring the Linux kernel:
5479-----------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005480
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005481No specific requirements for U-Boot. Make sure you have some root
5482device (initial ramdisk, NFS) for your target system.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005483
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005484
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005485Building a Linux Image:
5486-----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005487
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005488With U-Boot, "normal" build targets like "zImage" or "bzImage" are
5489not used. If you use recent kernel source, a new build target
5490"uImage" will exist which automatically builds an image usable by
5491U-Boot. Most older kernels also have support for a "pImage" target,
5492which was introduced for our predecessor project PPCBoot and uses a
5493100% compatible format.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005494
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005495Example:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005496
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02005497 make TQM850L_defconfig
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005498 make oldconfig
5499 make dep
5500 make uImage
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005501
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005502The "uImage" build target uses a special tool (in 'tools/mkimage') to
5503encapsulate a compressed Linux kernel image with header information,
5504CRC32 checksum etc. for use with U-Boot. This is what we are doing:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005505
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005506* build a standard "vmlinux" kernel image (in ELF binary format):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005507
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005508* convert the kernel into a raw binary image:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005509
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005510 ${CROSS_COMPILE}-objcopy -O binary \
5511 -R .note -R .comment \
5512 -S vmlinux linux.bin
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005513
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005514* compress the binary image:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005515
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005516 gzip -9 linux.bin
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005517
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005518* package compressed binary image for U-Boot:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005519
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005520 mkimage -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip \
5521 -a 0 -e 0 -n "Linux Kernel Image" \
5522 -d linux.bin.gz uImage
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005523
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005524
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005525The "mkimage" tool can also be used to create ramdisk images for use
5526with U-Boot, either separated from the Linux kernel image, or
5527combined into one file. "mkimage" encapsulates the images with a 64
5528byte header containing information about target architecture,
5529operating system, image type, compression method, entry points, time
5530stamp, CRC32 checksums, etc.
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005531
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005532"mkimage" can be called in two ways: to verify existing images and
5533print the header information, or to build new images.
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005534
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005535In the first form (with "-l" option) mkimage lists the information
5536contained in the header of an existing U-Boot image; this includes
5537checksum verification:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005538
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005539 tools/mkimage -l image
5540 -l ==> list image header information
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005541
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005542The second form (with "-d" option) is used to build a U-Boot image
5543from a "data file" which is used as image payload:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005544
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005545 tools/mkimage -A arch -O os -T type -C comp -a addr -e ep \
5546 -n name -d data_file image
5547 -A ==> set architecture to 'arch'
5548 -O ==> set operating system to 'os'
5549 -T ==> set image type to 'type'
5550 -C ==> set compression type 'comp'
5551 -a ==> set load address to 'addr' (hex)
5552 -e ==> set entry point to 'ep' (hex)
5553 -n ==> set image name to 'name'
5554 -d ==> use image data from 'datafile'
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005555
wdenk69459792004-05-29 16:53:29 +00005556Right now, all Linux kernels for PowerPC systems use the same load
5557address (0x00000000), but the entry point address depends on the
5558kernel version:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005559
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005560- 2.2.x kernels have the entry point at 0x0000000C,
5561- 2.3.x and later kernels have the entry point at 0x00000000.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005562
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005563So a typical call to build a U-Boot image would read:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005564
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005565 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
5566 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005567 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz \
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005568 > examples/uImage.TQM850L
5569 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
5570 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
5571 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5572 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
5573 Load Address: 0x00000000
5574 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005575
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005576To verify the contents of the image (or check for corruption):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005577
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005578 -> tools/mkimage -l examples/uImage.TQM850L
5579 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
5580 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
5581 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5582 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
5583 Load Address: 0x00000000
5584 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005585
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005586NOTE: for embedded systems where boot time is critical you can trade
5587speed for memory and install an UNCOMPRESSED image instead: this
5588needs more space in Flash, but boots much faster since it does not
5589need to be uncompressed:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005590
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005591 -> gunzip /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005592 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
5593 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C none -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005594 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux \
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005595 > examples/uImage.TQM850L-uncompressed
5596 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
5597 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
5598 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (uncompressed)
5599 Data Size: 792160 Bytes = 773.59 kB = 0.76 MB
5600 Load Address: 0x00000000
5601 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005602
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005603
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005604Similar you can build U-Boot images from a 'ramdisk.image.gz' file
5605when your kernel is intended to use an initial ramdisk:
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005606
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005607 -> tools/mkimage -n 'Simple Ramdisk Image' \
5608 > -A ppc -O linux -T ramdisk -C gzip \
5609 > -d /LinuxPPC/images/SIMPLE-ramdisk.image.gz examples/simple-initrd
5610 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
5611 Created: Wed Jan 12 14:01:50 2000
5612 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
5613 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553.25 kB = 0.54 MB
5614 Load Address: 0x00000000
5615 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005616
Guilherme Maciel Ferreiraa804b5c2013-12-01 12:43:11 -07005617The "dumpimage" is a tool to disassemble images built by mkimage. Its "-i"
5618option performs the converse operation of the mkimage's second form (the "-d"
5619option). Given an image built by mkimage, the dumpimage extracts a "data file"
5620from the image:
5621
5622 tools/dumpimage -i image -p position data_file
5623 -i ==> extract from the 'image' a specific 'data_file', \
5624 indexed by 'position'
5625
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005626
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005627Installing a Linux Image:
5628-------------------------
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005629
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005630To downloading a U-Boot image over the serial (console) interface,
5631you must convert the image to S-Record format:
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005632
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005633 objcopy -I binary -O srec examples/image examples/image.srec
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005634
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005635The 'objcopy' does not understand the information in the U-Boot
5636image header, so the resulting S-Record file will be relative to
5637address 0x00000000. To load it to a given address, you need to
5638specify the target address as 'offset' parameter with the 'loads'
5639command.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005640
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005641Example: install the image to address 0x40100000 (which on the
5642TQM8xxL is in the first Flash bank):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005643
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005644 => erase 40100000 401FFFFF
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005645
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005646 .......... done
5647 Erased 8 sectors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005648
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005649 => loads 40100000
5650 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
5651 ~>examples/image.srec
5652 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 ...
5653 ...
5654 15989 15990 15991 15992
5655 [file transfer complete]
5656 [connected]
5657 ## Start Addr = 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005658
5659
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005660You can check the success of the download using the 'iminfo' command;
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005661this includes a checksum verification so you can be sure no data
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005662corruption happened:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005663
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005664 => imi 40100000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005665
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005666 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
5667 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5668 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5669 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
5670 Load Address: 00000000
5671 Entry Point: 0000000c
5672 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005673
5674
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005675Boot Linux:
5676-----------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005677
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005678The "bootm" command is used to boot an application that is stored in
5679memory (RAM or Flash). In case of a Linux kernel image, the contents
5680of the "bootargs" environment variable is passed to the kernel as
5681parameters. You can check and modify this variable using the
5682"printenv" and "setenv" commands:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005683
5684
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005685 => printenv bootargs
5686 bootargs=root=/dev/ram
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005687
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005688 => setenv bootargs root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005689
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005690 => printenv bootargs
5691 bootargs=root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005692
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005693 => bootm 40020000
5694 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40020000 ...
5695 Image Name: 2.2.13 for NFS on TQM850L
5696 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5697 Data Size: 381681 Bytes = 372 kB = 0 MB
5698 Load Address: 00000000
5699 Entry Point: 0000000c
5700 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5701 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
5702 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:35:17 MEST 2000
5703 Boot arguments: root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
5704 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
5705 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
5706 Memory: 15208k available (700k kernel code, 444k data, 32k init) [c0000000,c1000000]
5707 ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005708
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005709If you want to boot a Linux kernel with initial RAM disk, you pass
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005710the memory addresses of both the kernel and the initrd image (PPBCOOT
5711format!) to the "bootm" command:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005712
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005713 => imi 40100000 40200000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005714
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005715 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
5716 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5717 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5718 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
5719 Load Address: 00000000
5720 Entry Point: 0000000c
5721 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005722
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005723 ## Checking Image at 40200000 ...
5724 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
5725 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
5726 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
5727 Load Address: 00000000
5728 Entry Point: 00000000
5729 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005730
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005731 => bootm 40100000 40200000
5732 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40100000 ...
5733 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5734 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5735 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
5736 Load Address: 00000000
5737 Entry Point: 0000000c
5738 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5739 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
5740 ## Loading RAMDisk Image at 40200000 ...
5741 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
5742 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
5743 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
5744 Load Address: 00000000
5745 Entry Point: 00000000
5746 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5747 Loading Ramdisk ... OK
5748 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:32:08 MEST 2000
5749 Boot arguments: root=/dev/ram
5750 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
5751 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
5752 ...
5753 RAMDISK: Compressed image found at block 0
5754 VFS: Mounted root (ext2 filesystem).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005755
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005756 bash#
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005757
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05005758Boot Linux and pass a flat device tree:
5759-----------
5760
5761First, U-Boot must be compiled with the appropriate defines. See the section
5762titled "Linux Kernel Interface" above for a more in depth explanation. The
5763following is an example of how to start a kernel and pass an updated
5764flat device tree:
5765
5766=> print oftaddr
5767oftaddr=0x300000
5768=> print oft
5769oft=oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb
5770=> tftp $oftaddr $oft
5771Speed: 1000, full duplex
5772Using TSEC0 device
5773TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.101
5774Filename 'oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb'.
5775Load address: 0x300000
5776Loading: #
5777done
5778Bytes transferred = 4106 (100a hex)
5779=> tftp $loadaddr $bootfile
5780Speed: 1000, full duplex
5781Using TSEC0 device
5782TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.2
5783Filename 'uImage'.
5784Load address: 0x200000
5785Loading:############
5786done
5787Bytes transferred = 1029407 (fb51f hex)
5788=> print loadaddr
5789loadaddr=200000
5790=> print oftaddr
5791oftaddr=0x300000
5792=> bootm $loadaddr - $oftaddr
5793## Booting image at 00200000 ...
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01005794 Image Name: Linux-2.6.17-dirty
5795 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5796 Data Size: 1029343 Bytes = 1005.2 kB
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05005797 Load Address: 00000000
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01005798 Entry Point: 00000000
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05005799 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5800 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
5801Booting using flat device tree at 0x300000
5802Using MPC85xx ADS machine description
5803Memory CAM mapping: CAM0=256Mb, CAM1=256Mb, CAM2=0Mb residual: 0Mb
5804[snip]
5805
5806
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005807More About U-Boot Image Types:
5808------------------------------
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00005809
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005810U-Boot supports the following image types:
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00005811
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005812 "Standalone Programs" are directly runnable in the environment
5813 provided by U-Boot; it is expected that (if they behave
5814 well) you can continue to work in U-Boot after return from
5815 the Standalone Program.
5816 "OS Kernel Images" are usually images of some Embedded OS which
5817 will take over control completely. Usually these programs
5818 will install their own set of exception handlers, device
5819 drivers, set up the MMU, etc. - this means, that you cannot
5820 expect to re-enter U-Boot except by resetting the CPU.
5821 "RAMDisk Images" are more or less just data blocks, and their
5822 parameters (address, size) are passed to an OS kernel that is
5823 being started.
5824 "Multi-File Images" contain several images, typically an OS
5825 (Linux) kernel image and one or more data images like
5826 RAMDisks. This construct is useful for instance when you want
5827 to boot over the network using BOOTP etc., where the boot
5828 server provides just a single image file, but you want to get
5829 for instance an OS kernel and a RAMDisk image.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005830
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005831 "Multi-File Images" start with a list of image sizes, each
5832 image size (in bytes) specified by an "uint32_t" in network
5833 byte order. This list is terminated by an "(uint32_t)0".
5834 Immediately after the terminating 0 follow the images, one by
5835 one, all aligned on "uint32_t" boundaries (size rounded up to
5836 a multiple of 4 bytes).
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005837
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005838 "Firmware Images" are binary images containing firmware (like
5839 U-Boot or FPGA images) which usually will be programmed to
5840 flash memory.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005841
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005842 "Script files" are command sequences that will be executed by
5843 U-Boot's command interpreter; this feature is especially
5844 useful when you configure U-Boot to use a real shell (hush)
5845 as command interpreter.
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00005846
Marek Vasut44f074c2012-03-14 21:52:45 +00005847Booting the Linux zImage:
5848-------------------------
5849
5850On some platforms, it's possible to boot Linux zImage. This is done
5851using the "bootz" command. The syntax of "bootz" command is the same
5852as the syntax of "bootm" command.
5853
Tom Rini8ac28562013-05-16 11:40:11 -04005854Note, defining the CONFIG_SUPPORT_RAW_INITRD allows user to supply
Marek Vasut017e1f32012-03-18 11:47:58 +00005855kernel with raw initrd images. The syntax is slightly different, the
5856address of the initrd must be augmented by it's size, in the following
5857format: "<initrd addres>:<initrd size>".
5858
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005859
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005860Standalone HOWTO:
5861=================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005862
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005863One of the features of U-Boot is that you can dynamically load and
5864run "standalone" applications, which can use some resources of
5865U-Boot like console I/O functions or interrupt services.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005866
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005867Two simple examples are included with the sources:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005868
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005869"Hello World" Demo:
5870-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005871
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005872'examples/hello_world.c' contains a small "Hello World" Demo
5873application; it is automatically compiled when you build U-Boot.
5874It's configured to run at address 0x00040004, so you can play with it
5875like that:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005876
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005877 => loads
5878 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
5879 ~>examples/hello_world.srec
5880 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
5881 [file transfer complete]
5882 [connected]
5883 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005884
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005885 => go 40004 Hello World! This is a test.
5886 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
5887 Hello World
5888 argc = 7
5889 argv[0] = "40004"
5890 argv[1] = "Hello"
5891 argv[2] = "World!"
5892 argv[3] = "This"
5893 argv[4] = "is"
5894 argv[5] = "a"
5895 argv[6] = "test."
5896 argv[7] = "<NULL>"
5897 Hit any key to exit ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005898
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005899 ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005900
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005901Another example, which demonstrates how to register a CPM interrupt
5902handler with the U-Boot code, can be found in 'examples/timer.c'.
5903Here, a CPM timer is set up to generate an interrupt every second.
5904The interrupt service routine is trivial, just printing a '.'
5905character, but this is just a demo program. The application can be
5906controlled by the following keys:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005907
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005908 ? - print current values og the CPM Timer registers
5909 b - enable interrupts and start timer
5910 e - stop timer and disable interrupts
5911 q - quit application
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005912
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005913 => loads
5914 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
5915 ~>examples/timer.srec
5916 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
5917 [file transfer complete]
5918 [connected]
5919 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005920
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005921 => go 40004
5922 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
5923 TIMERS=0xfff00980
5924 Using timer 1
5925 tgcr @ 0xfff00980, tmr @ 0xfff00990, trr @ 0xfff00994, tcr @ 0xfff00998, tcn @ 0xfff0099c, ter @ 0xfff009b0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005926
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005927Hit 'b':
5928 [q, b, e, ?] Set interval 1000000 us
5929 Enabling timer
5930Hit '?':
5931 [q, b, e, ?] ........
5932 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0xef6, ter=0x0
5933Hit '?':
5934 [q, b, e, ?] .
5935 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x2ad4, ter=0x0
5936Hit '?':
5937 [q, b, e, ?] .
5938 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x1efc, ter=0x0
5939Hit '?':
5940 [q, b, e, ?] .
5941 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x169d, ter=0x0
5942Hit 'e':
5943 [q, b, e, ?] ...Stopping timer
5944Hit 'q':
5945 [q, b, e, ?] ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005946
5947
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005948Minicom warning:
5949================
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00005950
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005951Over time, many people have reported problems when trying to use the
5952"minicom" terminal emulation program for serial download. I (wd)
5953consider minicom to be broken, and recommend not to use it. Under
5954Unix, I recommend to use C-Kermit for general purpose use (and
5955especially for kermit binary protocol download ("loadb" command), and
Karl O. Pince53515a2012-10-01 05:11:56 +00005956use "cu" for S-Record download ("loads" command). See
5957http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/SystemSetup#Section_4.3.
5958for help with kermit.
5959
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00005960
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005961Nevertheless, if you absolutely want to use it try adding this
5962configuration to your "File transfer protocols" section:
wdenk52f52c12003-06-19 23:04:19 +00005963
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005964 Name Program Name U/D FullScr IO-Red. Multi
5965 X kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -s Y U Y N N
5966 Y kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -r N D Y N N
wdenk52f52c12003-06-19 23:04:19 +00005967
5968
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005969NetBSD Notes:
5970=============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005971
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005972Starting at version 0.9.2, U-Boot supports NetBSD both as host
5973(build U-Boot) and target system (boots NetBSD/mpc8xx).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005974
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005975Building requires a cross environment; it is known to work on
5976NetBSD/i386 with the cross-powerpc-netbsd-1.3 package (you will also
5977need gmake since the Makefiles are not compatible with BSD make).
5978Note that the cross-powerpc package does not install include files;
5979attempting to build U-Boot will fail because <machine/ansi.h> is
5980missing. This file has to be installed and patched manually:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005981
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005982 # cd /usr/pkg/cross/powerpc-netbsd/include
5983 # mkdir powerpc
5984 # ln -s powerpc machine
5985 # cp /usr/src/sys/arch/powerpc/include/ansi.h powerpc/ansi.h
5986 # ${EDIT} powerpc/ansi.h ## must remove __va_list, _BSD_VA_LIST
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005987
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005988Native builds *don't* work due to incompatibilities between native
5989and U-Boot include files.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005990
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005991Booting assumes that (the first part of) the image booted is a
5992stage-2 loader which in turn loads and then invokes the kernel
5993proper. Loader sources will eventually appear in the NetBSD source
5994tree (probably in sys/arc/mpc8xx/stand/u-boot_stage2/); in the
wdenk2a8af182005-04-13 10:02:42 +00005995meantime, see ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/ppcboot_stage2.tar.gz
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005996
5997
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005998Implementation Internals:
5999=========================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006000
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006001The following is not intended to be a complete description of every
6002implementation detail. However, it should help to understand the
6003inner workings of U-Boot and make it easier to port it to custom
6004hardware.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006005
6006
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006007Initial Stack, Global Data:
6008---------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006009
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006010The implementation of U-Boot is complicated by the fact that U-Boot
6011starts running out of ROM (flash memory), usually without access to
6012system RAM (because the memory controller is not initialized yet).
6013This means that we don't have writable Data or BSS segments, and BSS
6014is not initialized as zero. To be able to get a C environment working
6015at all, we have to allocate at least a minimal stack. Implementation
6016options for this are defined and restricted by the CPU used: Some CPU
6017models provide on-chip memory (like the IMMR area on MPC8xx and
6018MPC826x processors), on others (parts of) the data cache can be
6019locked as (mis-) used as memory, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006020
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006021 Chris Hallinan posted a good summary of these issues to the
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01006022 U-Boot mailing list:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00006023
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006024 Subject: RE: [U-Boot-Users] RE: More On Memory Bank x (nothingness)?
6025 From: "Chris Hallinan" <clh@net1plus.com>
6026 Date: Mon, 10 Feb 2003 16:43:46 -0500 (22:43 MET)
6027 ...
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00006028
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006029 Correct me if I'm wrong, folks, but the way I understand it
6030 is this: Using DCACHE as initial RAM for Stack, etc, does not
6031 require any physical RAM backing up the cache. The cleverness
6032 is that the cache is being used as a temporary supply of
6033 necessary storage before the SDRAM controller is setup. It's
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02006034 beyond the scope of this list to explain the details, but you
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006035 can see how this works by studying the cache architecture and
6036 operation in the architecture and processor-specific manuals.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00006037
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006038 OCM is On Chip Memory, which I believe the 405GP has 4K. It
6039 is another option for the system designer to use as an
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02006040 initial stack/RAM area prior to SDRAM being available. Either
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006041 option should work for you. Using CS 4 should be fine if your
6042 board designers haven't used it for something that would
6043 cause you grief during the initial boot! It is frequently not
6044 used.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00006045
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02006046 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR should be somewhere that won't interfere
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006047 with your processor/board/system design. The default value
6048 you will find in any recent u-boot distribution in
Stefan Roese8a316c92005-08-01 16:49:12 +02006049 walnut.h should work for you. I'd set it to a value larger
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006050 than your SDRAM module. If you have a 64MB SDRAM module, set
6051 it above 400_0000. Just make sure your board has no resources
6052 that are supposed to respond to that address! That code in
6053 start.S has been around a while and should work as is when
6054 you get the config right.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00006055
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006056 -Chris Hallinan
6057 DS4.COM, Inc.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00006058
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006059It is essential to remember this, since it has some impact on the C
6060code for the initialization procedures:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006061
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006062* Initialized global data (data segment) is read-only. Do not attempt
6063 to write it.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006064
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02006065* Do not use any uninitialized global data (or implicitely initialized
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006066 as zero data - BSS segment) at all - this is undefined, initiali-
6067 zation is performed later (when relocating to RAM).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006068
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006069* Stack space is very limited. Avoid big data buffers or things like
6070 that.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006071
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006072Having only the stack as writable memory limits means we cannot use
6073normal global data to share information beween the code. But it
6074turned out that the implementation of U-Boot can be greatly
6075simplified by making a global data structure (gd_t) available to all
6076functions. We could pass a pointer to this data as argument to _all_
6077functions, but this would bloat the code. Instead we use a feature of
6078the GCC compiler (Global Register Variables) to share the data: we
6079place a pointer (gd) to the global data into a register which we
6080reserve for this purpose.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006081
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006082When choosing a register for such a purpose we are restricted by the
6083relevant (E)ABI specifications for the current architecture, and by
6084GCC's implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006085
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006086For PowerPC, the following registers have specific use:
6087 R1: stack pointer
Wolfgang Denke7670f62008-02-14 22:43:22 +01006088 R2: reserved for system use
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006089 R3-R4: parameter passing and return values
6090 R5-R10: parameter passing
6091 R13: small data area pointer
6092 R30: GOT pointer
6093 R31: frame pointer
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006094
Joakim Tjernlunde6bee802010-01-19 14:41:58 +01006095 (U-Boot also uses R12 as internal GOT pointer. r12
6096 is a volatile register so r12 needs to be reset when
6097 going back and forth between asm and C)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006098
Wolfgang Denke7670f62008-02-14 22:43:22 +01006099 ==> U-Boot will use R2 to hold a pointer to the global data
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006100
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006101 Note: on PPC, we could use a static initializer (since the
6102 address of the global data structure is known at compile time),
6103 but it turned out that reserving a register results in somewhat
6104 smaller code - although the code savings are not that big (on
6105 average for all boards 752 bytes for the whole U-Boot image,
6106 624 text + 127 data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006107
Robin Getzc4db3352009-08-17 15:23:02 +00006108On Blackfin, the normal C ABI (except for P3) is followed as documented here:
Mike Frysinger4c58eb52008-02-04 19:26:54 -05006109 http://docs.blackfin.uclinux.org/doku.php?id=application_binary_interface
6110
Robin Getzc4db3352009-08-17 15:23:02 +00006111 ==> U-Boot will use P3 to hold a pointer to the global data
Mike Frysinger4c58eb52008-02-04 19:26:54 -05006112
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006113On ARM, the following registers are used:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006114
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006115 R0: function argument word/integer result
6116 R1-R3: function argument word
Jeroen Hofstee12eba1b2013-09-21 14:04:42 +02006117 R9: platform specific
6118 R10: stack limit (used only if stack checking is enabled)
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006119 R11: argument (frame) pointer
6120 R12: temporary workspace
6121 R13: stack pointer
6122 R14: link register
6123 R15: program counter
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006124
Jeroen Hofstee12eba1b2013-09-21 14:04:42 +02006125 ==> U-Boot will use R9 to hold a pointer to the global data
6126
6127 Note: on ARM, only R_ARM_RELATIVE relocations are supported.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006128
Thomas Chou0df01fd32010-05-21 11:08:03 +08006129On Nios II, the ABI is documented here:
6130 http://www.altera.com/literature/hb/nios2/n2cpu_nii51016.pdf
6131
6132 ==> U-Boot will use gp to hold a pointer to the global data
6133
6134 Note: on Nios II, we give "-G0" option to gcc and don't use gp
6135 to access small data sections, so gp is free.
6136
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00006137On NDS32, the following registers are used:
6138
6139 R0-R1: argument/return
6140 R2-R5: argument
6141 R15: temporary register for assembler
6142 R16: trampoline register
6143 R28: frame pointer (FP)
6144 R29: global pointer (GP)
6145 R30: link register (LP)
6146 R31: stack pointer (SP)
6147 PC: program counter (PC)
6148
6149 ==> U-Boot will use R10 to hold a pointer to the global data
6150
Wolfgang Denkd87080b2006-03-31 18:32:53 +02006151NOTE: DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR must be used with file-global scope,
6152or current versions of GCC may "optimize" the code too much.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006153
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006154Memory Management:
6155------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006156
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006157U-Boot runs in system state and uses physical addresses, i.e. the
6158MMU is not used either for address mapping nor for memory protection.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006159
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006160The available memory is mapped to fixed addresses using the memory
6161controller. In this process, a contiguous block is formed for each
6162memory type (Flash, SDRAM, SRAM), even when it consists of several
6163physical memory banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006164
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006165U-Boot is installed in the first 128 kB of the first Flash bank (on
6166TQM8xxL modules this is the range 0x40000000 ... 0x4001FFFF). After
6167booting and sizing and initializing DRAM, the code relocates itself
6168to the upper end of DRAM. Immediately below the U-Boot code some
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02006169memory is reserved for use by malloc() [see CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006170configuration setting]. Below that, a structure with global Board
6171Info data is placed, followed by the stack (growing downward).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006172
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006173Additionally, some exception handler code is copied to the low 8 kB
6174of DRAM (0x00000000 ... 0x00001FFF).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006175
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006176So a typical memory configuration with 16 MB of DRAM could look like
6177this:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006178
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006179 0x0000 0000 Exception Vector code
6180 :
6181 0x0000 1FFF
6182 0x0000 2000 Free for Application Use
6183 :
6184 :
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006185
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006186 :
6187 :
6188 0x00FB FF20 Monitor Stack (Growing downward)
6189 0x00FB FFAC Board Info Data and permanent copy of global data
6190 0x00FC 0000 Malloc Arena
6191 :
6192 0x00FD FFFF
6193 0x00FE 0000 RAM Copy of Monitor Code
6194 ... eventually: LCD or video framebuffer
6195 ... eventually: pRAM (Protected RAM - unchanged by reset)
6196 0x00FF FFFF [End of RAM]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006197
6198
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006199System Initialization:
6200----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006201
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006202In the reset configuration, U-Boot starts at the reset entry point
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02006203(on most PowerPC systems at address 0x00000100). Because of the reset
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006204configuration for CS0# this is a mirror of the onboard Flash memory.
6205To be able to re-map memory U-Boot then jumps to its link address.
6206To be able to implement the initialization code in C, a (small!)
6207initial stack is set up in the internal Dual Ported RAM (in case CPUs
6208which provide such a feature like MPC8xx or MPC8260), or in a locked
6209part of the data cache. After that, U-Boot initializes the CPU core,
6210the caches and the SIU.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006211
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006212Next, all (potentially) available memory banks are mapped using a
6213preliminary mapping. For example, we put them on 512 MB boundaries
6214(multiples of 0x20000000: SDRAM on 0x00000000 and 0x20000000, Flash
6215on 0x40000000 and 0x60000000, SRAM on 0x80000000). Then UPM A is
6216programmed for SDRAM access. Using the temporary configuration, a
6217simple memory test is run that determines the size of the SDRAM
6218banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006219
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006220When there is more than one SDRAM bank, and the banks are of
6221different size, the largest is mapped first. For equal size, the first
6222bank (CS2#) is mapped first. The first mapping is always for address
62230x00000000, with any additional banks following immediately to create
6224contiguous memory starting from 0.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006225
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006226Then, the monitor installs itself at the upper end of the SDRAM area
6227and allocates memory for use by malloc() and for the global Board
6228Info data; also, the exception vector code is copied to the low RAM
6229pages, and the final stack is set up.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006230
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006231Only after this relocation will you have a "normal" C environment;
6232until that you are restricted in several ways, mostly because you are
6233running from ROM, and because the code will have to be relocated to a
6234new address in RAM.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006235
6236
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006237U-Boot Porting Guide:
6238----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006239
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006240[Based on messages by Jerry Van Baren in the U-Boot-Users mailing
6241list, October 2002]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006242
6243
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006244int main(int argc, char *argv[])
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006245{
6246 sighandler_t no_more_time;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006247
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006248 signal(SIGALRM, no_more_time);
6249 alarm(PROJECT_DEADLINE - toSec (3 * WEEK));
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006250
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006251 if (available_money > available_manpower) {
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006252 Pay consultant to port U-Boot;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006253 return 0;
6254 }
6255
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006256 Download latest U-Boot source;
6257
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01006258 Subscribe to u-boot mailing list;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006259
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006260 if (clueless)
6261 email("Hi, I am new to U-Boot, how do I get started?");
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006262
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006263 while (learning) {
6264 Read the README file in the top level directory;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006265 Read http://www.denx.de/twiki/bin/view/DULG/Manual;
6266 Read applicable doc/*.README;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006267 Read the source, Luke;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006268 /* find . -name "*.[chS]" | xargs grep -i <keyword> */
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006269 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006270
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006271 if (available_money > toLocalCurrency ($2500))
6272 Buy a BDI3000;
6273 else
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006274 Add a lot of aggravation and time;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006275
6276 if (a similar board exists) { /* hopefully... */
6277 cp -a board/<similar> board/<myboard>
6278 cp include/configs/<similar>.h include/configs/<myboard>.h
6279 } else {
6280 Create your own board support subdirectory;
6281 Create your own board include/configs/<myboard>.h file;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006282 }
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006283 Edit new board/<myboard> files
6284 Edit new include/configs/<myboard>.h
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006285
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006286 while (!accepted) {
6287 while (!running) {
6288 do {
6289 Add / modify source code;
6290 } until (compiles);
6291 Debug;
6292 if (clueless)
6293 email("Hi, I am having problems...");
6294 }
6295 Send patch file to the U-Boot email list;
6296 if (reasonable critiques)
6297 Incorporate improvements from email list code review;
6298 else
6299 Defend code as written;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006300 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006301
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006302 return 0;
6303}
6304
6305void no_more_time (int sig)
6306{
6307 hire_a_guru();
6308}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006309
6310
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006311Coding Standards:
6312-----------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006313
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006314All contributions to U-Boot should conform to the Linux kernel
Detlev Zundel2c051652006-09-01 15:39:02 +02006315coding style; see the file "Documentation/CodingStyle" and the script
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00006316"scripts/Lindent" in your Linux kernel source directory.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006317
Detlev Zundel2c051652006-09-01 15:39:02 +02006318Source files originating from a different project (for example the
6319MTD subsystem) are generally exempt from these guidelines and are not
6320reformated to ease subsequent migration to newer versions of those
6321sources.
6322
6323Please note that U-Boot is implemented in C (and to some small parts in
6324Assembler); no C++ is used, so please do not use C++ style comments (//)
6325in your code.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006326
6327Please also stick to the following formatting rules:
6328- remove any trailing white space
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00006329- use TAB characters for indentation and vertical alignment, not spaces
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006330- make sure NOT to use DOS '\r\n' line feeds
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00006331- do not add more than 2 consecutive empty lines to source files
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006332- do not add trailing empty lines to source files
6333
6334Submissions which do not conform to the standards may be returned
6335with a request to reformat the changes.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006336
6337
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006338Submitting Patches:
6339-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006340
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006341Since the number of patches for U-Boot is growing, we need to
6342establish some rules. Submissions which do not conform to these rules
6343may be rejected, even when they contain important and valuable stuff.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006344
Magnus Lilja0d28f342008-08-06 19:32:33 +02006345Please see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot/Patches for details.
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006346
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01006347Patches shall be sent to the u-boot mailing list <u-boot@lists.denx.de>;
6348see http://lists.denx.de/mailman/listinfo/u-boot
6349
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006350When you send a patch, please include the following information with
6351it:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006352
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006353* For bug fixes: a description of the bug and how your patch fixes
6354 this bug. Please try to include a way of demonstrating that the
6355 patch actually fixes something.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006356
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006357* For new features: a description of the feature and your
6358 implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006359
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006360* A CHANGELOG entry as plaintext (separate from the patch)
6361
6362* For major contributions, your entry to the CREDITS file
6363
Albert ARIBAUD27af9302013-09-11 15:52:51 +02006364* When you add support for a new board, don't forget to add a
6365 maintainer e-mail address to the boards.cfg file, too.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006366
6367* If your patch adds new configuration options, don't forget to
6368 document these in the README file.
6369
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006370* The patch itself. If you are using git (which is *strongly*
6371 recommended) you can easily generate the patch using the
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00006372 "git format-patch". If you then use "git send-email" to send it to
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006373 the U-Boot mailing list, you will avoid most of the common problems
6374 with some other mail clients.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006375
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006376 If you cannot use git, use "diff -purN OLD NEW". If your version of
6377 diff does not support these options, then get the latest version of
6378 GNU diff.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006379
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006380 The current directory when running this command shall be the parent
6381 directory of the U-Boot source tree (i. e. please make sure that
6382 your patch includes sufficient directory information for the
6383 affected files).
6384
6385 We prefer patches as plain text. MIME attachments are discouraged,
6386 and compressed attachments must not be used.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006387
6388* If one logical set of modifications affects or creates several
6389 files, all these changes shall be submitted in a SINGLE patch file.
6390
6391* Changesets that contain different, unrelated modifications shall be
6392 submitted as SEPARATE patches, one patch per changeset.
6393
6394
6395Notes:
6396
6397* Before sending the patch, run the MAKEALL script on your patched
6398 source tree and make sure that no errors or warnings are reported
6399 for any of the boards.
6400
6401* Keep your modifications to the necessary minimum: A patch
6402 containing several unrelated changes or arbitrary reformats will be
6403 returned with a request to re-formatting / split it.
6404
6405* If you modify existing code, make sure that your new code does not
6406 add to the memory footprint of the code ;-) Small is beautiful!
6407 When adding new features, these should compile conditionally only
6408 (using #ifdef), and the resulting code with the new feature
6409 disabled must not need more memory than the old code without your
6410 modification.
wdenk90dc6702005-05-03 14:12:25 +00006411
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01006412* Remember that there is a size limit of 100 kB per message on the
6413 u-boot mailing list. Bigger patches will be moderated. If they are
6414 reasonable and not too big, they will be acknowledged. But patches
6415 bigger than the size limit should be avoided.